school leavers’ course guide 2020/21 - exeter college€¦ · school leavers’ course guide...

168
School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21

Upload: others

Post on 12-Jun-2020

7 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Exeter College School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21

School Leavers’Course Guide

2020/21

Page 2: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Course listing

Take your pick.We are proud to offer a wide range of courses. For information about the types of qualifications and levels we offer see pages 37-48.

01

Vocational and technical full time programmes.These are work-related qualifications which are studied as singlefull time programmes and cannot be combined. See page 43 for full information.Art and Design.Expressive Arts Level 1 51, 81Art and Design Level 2 51Fashion and Textiles Level 3 52Fine Art Level 3 52Graphic Design Level 3 52Photography Level 3 53University of the Arts London (UAL) Level 3 55

Automotive.Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle Level 1 57Multi-skilled Body and Paint Level 1 57Vehicle Body Repair or Refinishing Level 2 57Vehicle Fitting Principles - Light Vehicle Level 2 58Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle Level 2 58

Business.Business Level 1 61, 81Business Level 2 61Business Level 3 62

Construction and the Built Environment.Brickwork Level 1 64Carpentry and Joinery Level 1 64Construction Skills Level 1 65Painting and Decorating Level 1 64Plumbing Level 1 65Electrical Installation Level 2 65Plumbing Level 2 67Construction and the Built Environment Level 3 67 Construction: Design, Surveying and Planning Level 3 67

Dance, Drama, Performance and Production.Expressive Arts Level 1 69, 83Performing Arts Level 2 69Dance Level 3 71Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up Artistry Level 3 90

Engineering and Aerospace.Engineering Level 2 74Aeronautical Engineering Level 3 74, 75Engineering Level 3 74

Foundation Learning and Support. (full listing on page 79)Independence Gateway Entry Level 80 Skills Gateway Entry Level 3 80Progression Gateway Entry Level 3 80GCSE Fast Track Level 2 79

Hairdressing, Beauty and Make-Up Artistry.Introduction to the Hair Beauty Sector Level 1 87Barbering Level 2 87Beauty Retail Level 2 87Beauty Therapy Level 2 88Cutting and Styling Services Level 2 88Hair Colouring Services Level 2 88

Make-Up Artistry Level 2 89Beauty and Spa Therapy Level 3 89Hairdressing Level 3 89Barbering Level 3 90Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up Artistry Level 3 90

Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services.Caring for Children Level 1 92Health and Social Care Level 1 82, 94Public Services Level 1 83, 93Early Years Practitioner Level 2 93Health and Social Care Level 2 95Public Services Level 2 94Education and Childcare Level 3 94Health and Social Care Level 3 95Public Services Level 3 94

Hospitality and Catering.Catering Craft (and Food Service) Level 1 97Hospitality and Tourism Level 1 82, 142Professional Cookery Level 1 97Professional Cookery - Michael Caines Academy Level 1 97Professional Cookery Level 2 98Professional Cookery (and Food and Beverage Service) Level 2 98Professional Cookery - Michael Caines Academy Level 2 98Food and Beverage Service Supervision Level 3 99Professional Cookery (Kitchen and Larder) Level 3 99

Information Technology.Information Technology Level 1 82, 106Information and Creative Technology- Game Development Level 2 107- Creative Technology Level 2 107- Systems and Networks Level 2 107IT - Digital Production, Design and Development Level 3 108IT - Game Development Level 3 108IT - Creative Technologies Level 3 109IT - Computing Level 3 109IT - Systems and Networks Level 3 110

Media and Film.Digital Media Level 1 81, 121Media Production and Technology Level 2 121Creative Media Production and Technology Level 3 121Creative Media Production and Technology (Journalism) Level 3 122

Music.Music Level 2 126Music Level 3 127Music Technology Level 3 127

Science.Applied Science (Biomedical/Forensic Science) Level 3 132

Sport, Fitness and Outdoor Adventure. Sport (Outdoor Adventure) Level 1 83, 135Sport (Outdoor and Adventurous Activities) Level 2 135Sport (Outdoor Adventure) Level 3 135Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science Level 2 136Sport Level 2 136 Sport (Futsal Academy) Level 2 136

Page 3: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 02

Sport Fitness Coaching Level 3 137Sport – Sport Academy Level 3 138Sport – Futsal Academy Level 3 138Sport and Exercise Science Level 3 138

Travel and Tourism.Hospitality and Tourism Level 1 82, 142Airline Cabin Crew & Aviation Operations on the Ground Level 2 143Travel and Tourism Level 2 142Travel and Tourism (Air Industry path) Level 3 143Travel and Tourism (Tourism Industry path) Level 3 144

A Level and BTEC equivalents. See pages 43-44 for full information.

Look for this icon on the course pages. This means you can combine that course with other courses with this icon to create a full time programme of study.

Art and Design.Fashion and Textiles 54Film and Video 54Film Studies 122Fine Art 55Graphic Communication 55Photography 533-Dimensional Design (Product Design) 53

Business.Business 62

Dance, Performance and Production.Dance 72Drama and Theatre 72

English Language and Literature.Classical Civilisation 77English Language 77English Literature 77

Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services.Social Care 95

Humanities.Applied Psychology 101Economics 118Geography 101Early Modern History 102Later Modern History 102Law 102Philosophy 103Politics 103Psychology 103Religious Studies 104Sociology 104

Information Technology.IT 110

Languages.French 115German 115Spanish 114

Mathematics.Double Mathematics 119Economics 118Mathematics 119Maths (with Statistics) 119

Media and Film.Film and Video 54Film Studies 122Media Studies 123

Music.Music 128Music (Performance) 128Music Technology (Production) 127

Science.Biology 131Chemistry 131Computer Science 131Environmental Science 132Geology 132Physics 132

Sport and Fitness.Physical Education 140Sport and Exercise Science 140

International Baccalaureate.This is an internationally recognised qualification, studied full time. For full information see pages 111-112.

Apprenticeships.Full information on pages 145-164. Adult Care Worker 159Assistant Accountant 148Barbering 158Bench Joinery or Site Carpentry 151Bricklaying 151Business 149Business Services 149Chef de Partie 161Children and Young People’s Workforce 154Clinical Health Support Worker 159Commis Chef 160Civil Engineering 153Construction 152Dental Nursing 160Digital Marketer 149Early Years Educator 154Electrical Installation 151Engineering Technician 155Exercise and Fitness 156Hairdressing 158Healthcare Support Worker 159Heavy Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 163Hospitality Supervisor 161Hospitality Team Member 160Human Resources Support 150Infrastructure Technician 162Laboratory Technician 153Large Goods Vehicle Driver 163Leisure Operations and Management 157Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 163Outdoor Activity Instructor 155Painting and Decorating 152Personal Training - Health and Fitness (Gym Based) 157Plumbing 152Software Development Technician 162Supporting Teaching and Learning in Physical Education 156Supporting Teaching and Learning in Schools 154Team Leader/Supervisor 150Vehicle Body Repair and Body Refinishing 164Warehousing Operative 163

Page 4: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Discover your local Ofsted Outstanding college.

All sites

Thursday 17th October 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 20th November 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 15th January 2020, 5-8pm

Exeter College Showcase 2020

Thursday 23rd April 2020, 4-7pm, Sports Hall All our courses under one roof - a one stop shop to find out what we have to offer, whether you are in Year 9 or 10, or in Year 11 and confirming your choice.

Specialist sites

Falcon House (Construction) and Technology Centre (Engineering, Automotive and Aerospace) Tuesday 12th May 2020, 5-7pm

Apprenticeship Expo

Thursday 6th February 2020, 1-6pm, Sports Hall

For more information on our open events, visit exe-coll.ac.uk or call 01392 400500

See you there!

Open Events.

03

Keep an eye out for our 50th anniversary events taking place over the next year.

Page 5: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Thank you for taking the time to read this guide; whether you are a parent, guardian or a young person, I hope it provides you with the advice, information and support you need to make an informed choice about what comes next.

I am delighted to report that last year, we celebrated another record-breaking year. Our student outcomes remained outstanding, but critically, students won numerous awards and achieved national recognition in almost every area, with academic subjects attracting ‘certificates of excellence’ and technical learners winning national skills competitions. Our student destinations were spectacular, including world leading universities covering almost every subject. A staggering 76% of early UCAS applications received offers at the first attempt for medicine, veterinary and dentistry. Outside of the classroom, students took part in lots of trips, visits and enrichment, with a few highlights including rugby tours to Japan and Canada and a Humanities Faculty trip to Honduras.

Exeter College continues to innovate in the curriculum and due to the reputation of the college, the Department for Education has selected us to teach the new T Levels as an early adopter. We are delighted to be amongst a select group of colleges and post-16 providers nationwide – and the only one in Devon – selected to deliver the new T Levels from September 2020. T Levels align with our vision to be an exceptional college as they include a line of sight to industry, which we see as key for our technical and applied provision.

The three T Levels add to our outstanding range of curriculum options, including almost 40 A Level subjects, the International Baccalaureate (IB), Apprenticeships and technical programmes covering a broad range of levels and subjects.

Exeter College is one of the top performing colleges in the country, so our staff set high expectations that, in turn, enable our learners to excel, grow and progress. This also means that Exeter College is committed to investing in world class facilities. Under the Exeter College masterplan, which now has planning permission; the college intends to invest £70 million into our estate – to meet the ambitions of our learners, the city of Exeter, and the wider region.

The masterplan builds on the college’s considerable multi-million pound investment in outstanding facilities, including a new Advanced Engineering Centre, an Apprenticeship Hub, a dedicated Maths and Science Centre, a new Sports Hall, and a full-size 3G football pitch. We recently opened our new £2.4million Gym and Dance Studio. The new development features a New York style glass fronted dance studio, as well as a modern, fully equipped gym with the latest fitness equipment and two new classroom spaces. In addition, over the summer we created a new art studio and two new cutting edge digital classrooms.

A major feature of Exeter College is its pastoral care and tutorial system. All teaching staff are also tutors, so there is a direct link between a student’s academic performance and their wellbeing. Our dedicated and well-resourced Student Experience Team provides specialist support to learners, including financial support, wellbeing activities and counselling. Student and parent feedback is a key part of our success, so I personally oversee the college’s Learner Voice Forum; where learners give feedback about their college experience directly to me, as Principal and CEO. Over the 2019/20 academic year, we are also launching a new ‘Parent Portal’ to add an additional communication channel between the college and home. Increasing numbers of young people are deciding to continue their education at Exeter College due to the range of provision, care, reputation and the extracurricular opportunities on offer. So, if you are interested in joining the Exeter College family and, when you finish, forever being an alumni of the college, I would urge you to apply early.

I would like to thank all of the learners who are featured in this year’s guide.

Finally, in 2020 Exeter College celebrates its 50th anniversary, as the first tertiary college in the UK – I do hope you will take the opportunity to celebrate with us.

I look forward to welcoming new students to the college in September.

John Laramy

Principal and Chief Executive

Welcome.

04

Page 6: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Your first choice Ofsted Outstanding college.

We are nationally recognised as one of the best, award-winning colleges in the country, with an Ofsted rating of Outstanding (2014). Exeter College is delighted to be one of the first providers of T Levels and the only provider in Devon to deliver the new T Levels in September 2020. Our Apprenticeship provision was named in 2016 as Times Educational Supplement (TES) Further Education (FE) Awards Apprenticeship Programme of the Year, and Exeter College has been named national Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths (STEM) FE College of the Year (2018).

Your future.

Everything we do at Exeter College ties in to how we can help you to get where you want to be. Whether that is going to university or moving into employment. Your course, our facilities, enrichment and extracurricular activities are all designed to develop you academically and personally. We also have a dedicated Progression and Employability Team who will help you make informed decisions about your future.

We’re there for you.

You will have a personal tutor or Skills Officer who will help you to succeed, both in your studies and personally. That’s not all - we have a dedicated Student Experience Team, because it is very important to us that you feel happy and supported throughout your time at college. Our Travel Team are also on hand to help you find the best way to get to us. See page 21 for travel information.

Stand out from the crowd.

Whilst success on your course is our priority, we also recognise that there are many ways we can help you to stand out from the crowd and shine as an individual. This is why we offer a vast range of activities and opportunities to enjoy alongside your course. There is something for everyone to get involved with and make new friends.

05

College life

Your future - it’s our priority. It doesn’t have to be daunting. We will help you every step of the way to get the most out of your time at award-winning Exeter College.

Here are just five reasons why we are your first choice college.

01.

02.

03.

05.

Best ever results.

The achievements of our learners are exceptional. We celebrated our best ever academic results for our A Levels and International Baccalaureate (IB) in 2019, well in excess of all national averages. A Level students far exceeded the national average pass rate with a massive 99.7% passing their exams; with 30 of the 36 subjects offered at the college achieving a 100% pass rate. Vocational/BTEC success rates at all levels are consistently above the national average. Our specialist teaching staff will help you to reach your potential.

04.

Your first choice college.

Page 7: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 06

We believe that exceptional teaching and learning begins with exceptional staff. Together with our incredibly talented and hard-working students they make up our successful and thriving college community.

Here are just some their fantastic accomplishments:

Our exceptional students.

Our students recently celebrated amazing A Level results with an astonishing 99.7% pass rate, well above the national average of 97.6%. The college’s International Baccalaureate (IB) students also celebrated our best ever year in 2019, with almost a third (32%) of students achieving 40+ points, the college’s highest ever results. 40+ points is the equivalent of five A Levels at A/A*. This places those students within the top 5-10% of students in the entire world.

This year a total of nine students were recognised at the National BTEC Awards, an event that celebrates exceptional BTEC students and Apprentices, while also shining a light on the inspirational teachers who have influenced their learning.

Our students Luke Bearpark and Abbie Densham were crowned Hospitality, Travel and Tourism Student of the Year and Science Student of the Year respectively. In addition, Bronze Awards were given to the other seven students.

Read more stories about our award-winning students on our website at exe-coll.ac.uk/news

This year we held our first ever vocational and technical results celebration, with students and staff joining together to celebrate their achievements under the summer sun. 

Page 8: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

xxxxxx

07

Kiri“The support has genuinely been fantastic at college, with subject-specific teachers, Reach Academy staff and various other people all offering help. You definitely feel like college is on your side and is there to support you with whichever decision you end up making.

Exeter College has been a life-changer for me. It has been a brilliant place – for so many reasons, obviously for the interesting subjects, but also the social side and how diverse and inclusive it is. Choosing to study at Exeter College was one of the best decisions I have made. It’s been brilliant and successful so far. The staff have been completely supportive - you can tell how dedicated they are to helping you and particularly to progression and social mobility too. It’s been a good bridge between school and university.”Studying Environmental Studies, English Literature and French A LevelsPreviously studied at Queen Elizabeth’s School, Crediton

STOP PRESSKiri recently achieved an incredible three A*s at A Level and is progressing on to the University of Oxford to study English and Beginners’ Italian.

Page 9: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

08

Your day.Life at college may be a little different from what you’re used to at school. Classes are usually smaller and you’ll have the freedom and flexibility to choose from a huge range of subjects which will allow you to focus on what you really enjoy. You’ll be given responsibility for your own learning and studies, but don’t let that worry you - you’ll have a Tutor or Skills Officer and Lecturers to keep you on track every step of the way.

Your day will be full with a timetable that will be made up of classes, tutorials, enrichment options and private study time. There are plenty of Learning Resource Centres to use to complete assignments on site, cafés to catch up with friends and enrichment activities to fill your free time. You won’t be short of things to keep you busy and help you to live college life to the full.

These are example timetables

As an Apprentice, you will be an employee as well as a student. Therefore, you will work a full time job with either day release or block release to attend college. When on day release you will work four days a week, with one day at college that will provide specific skills development sessions in your career area. These will be taught by your Skills Officer who will occasionally come and visit you at work to carry out assessments in a variety of styles - observing you, setting knowledge questions and practical tasks.

Apprenticeship info

A LevelMonday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

9.00 - 10.30 Study period Subject 3 Study period Subject 1 Study period10.30 - 10.45 Breaktime10.45 - 12.00 Subject 1 Study period Subject 3 Study period Subject 312.00 - 12.15 Breaktime12.15 - 13.30 Subject 2 Lunch time Extend Subject 2 Lunch time

Lunch time13.30 - 15.00 Lunch time Subject 2 Lunch time Subject 2Study period15.00 - 15.15 Breaktime15.15 - 16.30 Study period Subject 1 Study period Subject 3 Subject 1

Vocational and technical full time programmesMonday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

9.00 - 10.30 Lesson Study period Lesson Study period/Placement Lesson10.30 - 10.45 Breaktime10.45 - 12.00 Lesson Study period Lesson Study period/Placement Lesson12.00 - 12.15 Breaktime12.15 - 13.30 Lunch time Lunch time Enrichment Lunch time Lunch time13.30 - 15.00 Lesson Lesson Lunch time Study period/Placement Lesson15.00 - 15.15 Breaktime15.15 - 16.30 Study period Lesson Study period Study period/Placement Lesson

International Baccalaureate (IB)Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

9.00 - 10.30 Elective - Higher Science - Higher Maths - Standard Humanities - Higher Elective - Higher10.30 - 10.45 Breaktime10.45 - 12.00 Humanities - Higher Maths - Standard Science - Higher Standard - English Study period12.00 - 12.15 Breaktime12.15 - 13.30 Standard - English Languages - Standard Lunch time Lunch time Lunch time13.30 - 14.30 Lunch time Lunch time Study period Languages

- Standard Study period14.30 - 15.00 1:1 Tutorial Theory of Knowledge

15.00 - 15.15 Breaktime15.15 - 16.30 Study period Study period Elective - Higher Science - Higher Humanities - Higher

Page 10: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

9 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

It’s your college.The Exeter College Students’ Union (ECSU) is run by students for students. Its aim is to make the college the best place to be and to represent the views of all students at college.

It is run by the ECSU Committee who do loads of things, from collecting student feedback and representing student views to running events about issues that are important to students.

College life

As a student you can join the National Union of Students (NUS) which has great benefits, including discounts on things like driving lessons, eating out and high street shopping. Join at enrolment, our Freshers’ Fair or online via the website – www.totum.com

Lucy“The activities that I have taken part in within the ECSU are endless. I have had fantastic opportunities, including talking to students at events and Learner Voice meetings, holding, organising and helping at events by the ECSU, managing my own charity campaigns, getting directly involved with the college charity and discussing with college staff and the Principal the actions that could be taken in response to student feedback. I have really enjoyed gaining skills through experiences the ECSU has given me.”

ECSU Charity of the Year Officer

9

Page 11: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Find out more on the ECSU page of our website: exe-coll.ac.uk/1618/Life/ECSU

10

Join one of the student groups, such as the LGBT group

Take part in fundraising for the college charity of the year

Become an ECSU Officer and help to support and represent students at the college

Page 12: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

11

Your opportunities.We recognise that during your time at college you will want to do more than study, so there are lots of opportunities for you to make new friends, try something new and develop your skills outside of your studies. Our enrichment programme enhances your core programme of study and helps you to enjoy, achieve and make a positive contribution to life at college.

AdventureYou could find yourself dancing in New York, stepping back in time in Berlin for your History A Level, or perhaps you’ll take on the Ten Tors challenge. The trips we offer will bring your studies to life and give you fantastic experiences along the way. There are also cross-college trips, such as a ski trip, on offer throughout the year.

CompeteYou can take part in a variety of national events and competitions to really stretch your abilities and shine amongst the best, gaining the recognition you deserve. Our students regularly come top when competing at national level, for example, taking part in WorldSkills competitions and the Model United Nations debates.

College life

11

Page 13: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

12Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Outstanding facilities.The college has received planning permission for a brand new state-of-the-art Digital and Data Hub, paving the way for Exeter College to train future generations of tech-savvy professionals. The new Hub will have the very latest industry-standard software and is part of a wider 20-year masterplan for the development of the college. Students on digital-focused courses will get trained to be experts in a sought-after industry, gaining the skills and knowledge needed to thrive in the workplace. 

In addition, new campus development plans have recently been approved by Exeter City Council that will see our Hele Road campus transformed over the next 20 years with updated teaching and learning spaces. The overarching £70million masterplan will deliver spectacular new entrance gardens, landscaped courtyards and improved accessibility to the Hele Road site. The first phase of the project is due to start in 2019. 

Page 14: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

13 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

College life

All students get access

to Office 365 to use at college and at home.

We recently officially opened a new £2.4million Gym and New York-style Dance Studio – a world class space. Other recent developments have included a new £3million Advanced Engineering Centre, and a new 3G astroturf pitch, both officially opened in 2018.

Each year our Learner Voice meetings and questionnaires help us improve. Not only that, but each of our sites provide students with a distinct and friendly community within the wider college community, so you are bound to find people with similar interests and passions to you.

Award winning Learning Resource Centres (LRCs) support students with their studies. WiFi is accessible college wide and each centre is equipped with books, PCs, study desks, journals, DVDs, access to the library catalogue and equipment to support accessibility. The wide range of e-resources (including e-books, e-journals, databases and on demand media) are available 24 hours a day, on or off campus, and specialist software is available in each centre to support specific subject areas.

Friendly and supportive staff are always ready to help with enquiries, IT support, information searches, referencing, printing, copying, binding, laminating and scanning.

Our cafes are bright, relaxing spaces with internet access and comfy sofas. There is a restaurant or coffee shop at each of our sites where you can buy a tasty selection of hot and cold food and drinks, including Costa Coffee and Lavazza.

13

All students get access to Office 365

to use at college and at home.

This is our newly opened gym and dance studio (see photo, top of page 14), developed as part of our Sports Hall facilities.

Page 15: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

The Centre for Creative Industries is a haven for students with a passion for art, theatre, media and dance. It has a dedicated art gallery, the Yard Gallery, which showcases the fabulous work of our students. There is also a darkroom and photography studio with the latest equipment, a fully digital high definition TV studio, two Apple Mac suites, a broad range of media equipment to borrow (including HDV cameras, digital stills and audio equipment) and a shop with stationery basics and art supplies.

The centre also houses the college’s radio station, Spark Radio, which features industry standard equipment, allowing students to get a real taste of what it is like to work in radio. Open to all students, it is supported by partners in the local media and offers a fantastic opportunity to learn presentation and production skills and run your own radio shows.

The Centre for Music and Performance is a hub for our music and performing arts students. It has the latest recording and sound equipment and studios. Our fully equipped performance theatre allows us to put on musicals, plays and dance performances and we have purpose built dance and performance rehearsal rooms with a specialist production arts workshop space. We also have an outdoor amphitheatre.

14

Page 16: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

College life

The college’s specialist Construction Centre has excellent facilities, including two learning centre suites that run Computer-Aided Design (CAD), and our workshop facilities offer a practical training space for all of the construction and building services courses that we offer from Levels 1 to 4. You will be taught by industry specialists in well equipped and professional surroundings.

Aerospace and travel and tourism students use the Training Academy workshops, with access to the latest aviation industry standard tools and equipment and also access to maintenance hangars.

Our world class Technology Centre provides aerospace, engineering and automotive students with state of the art equipment and learning spaces. Our CAD design suite includes 25 computers running the latest industry software, and the Computer-Aided Manufacturing (CAM) workshop contains Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machining equipment to give you an understanding of modern automated manufacture.

Our £3million Advanced Engineering Centre opened in 2018, creating a UK leading centre of excellence for robotics and virtual welding. The next generation of leaders in engineering are being inspired at the centre, a 780 square metre extension to the Technology Centre.

The facility features the largest virtual welding training facility in Europe, with virtual and conventional welding equipment. The welding workshop contains a large augmented reality space alongside welding booths. The centre features eight new, manufacturing-quality robots. There are also five 3D printers that enable rapid prototyping and manufacturing.

1515

Page 17: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Our Maths and Science Centre provides specialist facilities that enhance and enrich those with a passion and talent for maths, science and computing. There are 11 purpose built science laboratories, all designed to the highest specifications to facilitate inspirational and innovative teaching and learning. There is also a forensic science suite including a crime scene area, a large computing lab with breakout work stations, a cafe, study space and central teaching space, as well as six specialist maths teaching rooms.

Hospitality and catering students experience the real life rush of a commercial restaurant by working in our very own @34 fine dining restaurant, which is open for business to the public five days per week during term time.

Our professional H2B salon and spa facilities, including a new showcase salon Zeal, are open to the public and provide hairdressing and beauty students with the opportunity to perfect their skills in a wide range of treatments on paying clients.

Our Tower Building on Hele Road boasts a fully equipped lecture theatre, which is a fantastic learning space and often plays host to visiting speakers and evening events for you to attend.

Exeter College was named national Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) Further Education College of the Year in 2018.

In 2018, the restaurant was awarded a prestigious AA College Rosette Award.

SubjectsSubjects

16

Page 18: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

We have outstanding sports facilities. There is a sports pavilion at our Exwick playing fields, rugby and football pitches, including a full size 3G astroturf pitch, tennis facilities, a high specification, purpose built Sports Hall and well equipped fitness centre. The Sports Hall consists of a six badminton court space, two classrooms and a specialised fully equipped sports therapy room.

The Exeter Chiefs Rugby Academy Team recently represented England at a coveted international contest in Japan.

College life

17

Page 19: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

College life

Central Fitness is our new onsite fitness gym facility for students studying sport or if you are just keen to improve your fitness levels. The gym has excellent equipment, including a range of cardiovascular equipment, a toning zone, free weights area and a spinning room. An annual membership costs £50.

Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre (pictured right) is a world class, award-winning centre run in partnership with Devon County Council. It offers a wide range of activities including sailing, canoeing, kayaking, windsurfing, climbing, caving, orienteering, archery, raft building and team building.

18

Page 20: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

19 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

ST DAVID’SSTATION

NORTHERNHAY ST

TO CREDITON AND TIVERTON

TO TOPSHAM SITES

TW

LH

Your place. For full information about our locations visit our website and see page 21 for travel information.

College life

Our Maths and Science Centre has state-of-the-art facilities; including 12 purpose-built science labs and student social spaces. 

Our Laurence Building includes a showcase salon

Zeal @ Exeter College.

The Ted Wragg Building includes

a dedicated furnished flat for training for

independent living.

T

L

V H

W

S

AEH

S

AEHV

D C

CT

M

GH

x

Q

N

Page 21: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

20Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Key >Hele BuildingTed WraggLaurence BuildingVictoria HouseMaths and Science Centre Sports HallCentre for Music and PerformanceGuildhall CentreHaven Banks Outdoor Education CentreCentre for Creative Industries (CCI)Exwick Sports PavilionExeter College Day NurseryDevon and Exeter Construction CentreTechnology Centre

H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road

Sowton Industrial Estate

Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F

22Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 170 for details.

Key >Hele Building HTed Wragg WLaurence Building LVictoria House VMaths and Science Centre SSports Hall NCentre for Music and Performance MGuildhall Centre GHHaven Banks Outdoor Education Centre QCentre for Creative Industries (CCI) CExwick Sports Pavilion XExeter College Day Nursery DDevon and Exeter Construction Centre FTechnology Centre ETower Building TApprenticeship Hub AEHClock Tower Accommodation CT

Our Sports Hall now includes our new gym and specialist sprung

dance studio!

Key >Hele BuildingTed WraggLaurence BuildingVictoria HouseMaths and Science Centre Sports HallCentre for Music and PerformanceGuildhall CentreHaven Banks Outdoor Education CentreCentre for Creative Industries (CCI)Exwick Sports PavilionExeter College Day NurseryDevon and Exeter Construction CentreTechnology Centre

H

VSN

DXCQ

GHM

FE

WL

F

M5Jnct 29

Honiton Road

Sowton Industrial Estate

Pinh

oe L

ane

Cum

berla

nd W

ay

E

C

N M GH Q

X

E

F

22Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 170 for details.

Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre includes a 22 metre tower from which you can experience a

Powerfan free-fall descent!

Exwick Sports Pavilion includes our world class,

community accessible 3G pitch.

Our Technology Centre includes our centre of excellence for

robotics, industrial automation, advanced manufacturing and virtual welding. See page 15

for more information.

Our Construction Centre offers industry-standard facilities for all elements of

construction training, including painting and decorating, carpentry, plumbing,

gas installation and brickwork.

F

X

N M GH Q C

E

Page 22: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

21 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

College life

21 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Begin your journey.If you’re thinking of coming to Exeter College there are many ways to travel to us, and all of our sites are easily accessible by train, bus, bike, car or on foot, depending where you’re travelling from. In fact, over 66% of our students travel from outside of Exeter.To make travel easier we offer an Exeter College subsidised Travel Pass scheme, which you may be eligible for. If you’re 16 or 17 you are also eligible for a National Rail 16-17 Saver card. Which if purchased entitles you to 50% off most rail tickets.

For example, if you travel at peak times on trains to and from Newton Abbot every day, with our College Travel Pass scheme you could make an annual saving of over £850 (based on an average daily return of £6). 

Information is sent out in June by text and email so you will find out everything you need to know about how to get to your place of study before you start college.

Visit exe-coll.ac.uk/travel for more information.

Bike: We have secure cycle racks at our college sites and bus stops and train stations are never far away.

Bus: There are plenty of city and countywide buses to get you to your destination. Plus we have some dedicated buses to collect students travelling from more inaccessible locations. The college also has a subsidised travel scheme with Stagecoach South West.

Train: If you catch the train, all college sites are within a short walking distance. City centre sites are all less than a 7 minute walk from either Exeter St Davids Station or Exeter Central Station. Our Construction Centre is only 5 minutes from Digby and Sowton Station and our Technology Centre is 10-15 minutes’ walk from Pinhoe Station. Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre is 11 minutes’ walk from Exeter St Thomas Station.

STOP PRESSFrom September 2019, there is now a 50% discounted 16-17 railcard covering all routes into the college at any time of the day. Visit 16-17saver.co.uk

Page 23: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

22Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Jonah“I come down from North Devon each day - so it’s a long way to go, but it’s definitely worth it and you get used to the early mornings quickly. I have really enjoyed Exeter College. I feel like, instead of it being two years after secondary school, it has been very much two years before university – it’s been good preparation. The support has been very good – my teachers were really nice and settle you in and make you feel relaxed. And it’s all onwards and upwards from here!”

Studying Maths, Physics and Further Maths A Levels Previously studied at Pilton Community College

22Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

STOP PRESSJonah achieved an amazing three A*s at A Level and is progressing on to study Mathematics at the University of Cambridge.

Page 24: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

23 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Support

International college.We are proud to offer lots of different programmes to students from other countries, from official academic qualifications to experience programmes and full time English courses. During 2018-19 we welcomed over 100 international students from over 23 different countries. Our International Team are on hand to ensure we find the right course for you and make your study experience a successful one. This year, our full time academic students have successfully progressed to university, including Russell Group universities, Medical School, top universities abroad and arts universities.

We also offer integration and study abroad experience programmes, allowing students to study up to three subjects of their choice for 18 hours a week, plus six additional hours of English language lessons. Students can study for up to six months and get a real taste of what studying in our college is like, whilst taking part in social activities and becoming a part of our international student group.

How we can support youOur dedicated International Team have experience of helping students from all over the world and are happy to help you with any questions you might have. We realise that international students may need information on a wide variety of subjects, including accommodation, qualification comparisons, Tier 4 Visa support and much more. As an international student, you will have your own personal tutor to help you whilst at college, as well as additional English language classes if you would like them. There are also plenty of opportunities to get involved with student activities, such as sports, clubs and enrichment opportunities, as well as additional social activities that give you the chance to discover the south west of England through organised excursions. Accommodation is now available for students over the age of 18, visit our website for further information.

Important information for international studentsTier 4 immigrationThe UK Border Agency recognises us as being a Tier 4 sponsor. This means that we can sponsor students from outside of the EU who want to study with us on a Tier 4 Visa. You can study a range of courses from A Levels, BTEC Diplomas and the International Baccalaureate (IB) to Access Pathways and higher education courses. Once you are offered an unconditional place at college, we will send you a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS). Your CAS will contain a unique number, which you will need when applying for your Tier 4 Visa.

European Union students We warmly welcome students from the European Union (EU) and offer a range of study abroad experiences, as well as accredited long term programmes. Currently EU students receive free tuition for full time qualifications, please check our website or contact the International Team for up to date information. We ask all EU applicants who are coming here without their parents to take our student support package. This package allows us monitor and manage your welfare, wellbeing and academic progression while placing you with one of our approved, police checked host families, as well as giving access to additional academic English support, a UK student mentor, bi-weekly welfare checks, social activities and a 24 hour emergency telephone number. Please contact us for the latest prices.

For more information visit exe-coll.ac.uk/international or email [email protected]

Page 25: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Guitar“I enjoy studying at Exeter College because the teachers are really friendly, I can talk to them if I have any questions and the international and British students have helped me to improve my English language skills – I have made friends with them too. I would definitely recommend Exeter College.”Studying Biology, Chemistry and Maths AS LevelsPreviously studied in Thailand

24

Page 26: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

25 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Your student services. Helping students to feel safe and supported We put the wellbeing and safety of our students first. We have a dedicated Student Experience Team who work closely with personal tutors, lecturers and support staff to ensure that learners have the best experience and get the most out of their time at college.

Respect for others is very important to us, so we do not tolerate any form of bullying or discrimination and we welcome and celebrate diversity.

All full time students have a personal tutor who will support their academic and personal progress. You will meet with your personal tutor and they will support your progress and personal development whilst you are at college. They will work with you to set challenging but achievable goals for your academic work and overall personal development. Your tutor and our Personal Development programme will equip you with all the skills and knowledge you’ll need as you progress on to your next step, wherever and whatever that may be.

Support

Our Progression and Employability Team are always available to you to ensure you have all the information, advice and guidance you need to make the right choices about your future. This could be applying for university, an Apprenticeship or starting a career.

The Wellbeing Team provides a range of different services for your mental health and emotional wellbeing. The team can provide advice, information and guidance on a range of issues that may be concerning you or affecting your learning or personal life. All students have access to our WHAM (Wellbeing, Health, Activity and Motivation) service, which offers support with mental health and emotional wellbeing. WHAM is friendly, approachable and available; as well as confidential.

Learning supportIf you have a specific learning difficulty, physical disability or suffer from mental ill health and this impacts on your learning, we understand the pressures you may be under. To make sure we fully understand the support you may need at Exeter College, you will have a course interview with the Teaching Team and a Special Educational Needs and Disability (SEND) interview with one of the Learning Support Team. The Support Team will talk through your needs with you so that we have a complete picture of your needs before you start college. This is to help you make the best start to college life as possible. Once you start your course, your tutor may decide that you need some extra support to help you achieve your full potential.

This support can range from out of class support with study skills to using technology to help with your studies.

If you would like to find out more about how we can help support you, call us on 01392 400439 or email [email protected]

If you need information, advice or guidance about financial support, free meals or help with travel costs then our Bursary Team can help you with this. We are always happy to answer your queries and will support you whenever we can.

We also have a Child Protection and Safeguarding Team who work across the college to ensure all students are safe and have the support they need. You can contact the team or pop into Greystone House (where our services are based) or speak to any member of staff if you are worried about anything or want to talk to someone.

Page 27: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Need childcare?The college has a modern, purpose built nursery next to the Centre for Creative Industries. For more information contact the nursery on 01392 400534 or visit exe-coll.ac.uk/College/Nursery. If you are aged under 20 and are on a further education course, you can apply to the Government’s Care to Learn Fund for support with your childcare costs - up to a maximum of £160, per child, per week. To find out more, and to apply online, please visit gov.uk/care-to-learn

Money mattersWe think that everyone has the right to further education and training. We are committed to supporting learners to achieve their full potential and may be able to offer financial support to help students who are experiencing hardship with costs associated with college.

Financial support from the 16-19 Discretionary Bursary Fund is available for students with a household income of less than £23,000. The college can support where cost could be a barrier to accessing education. Please check our website for the latest information and to request an application form, or contact the Student Welfare Administrators on 01392 400526.

Some learners may be eligible for a bursary of up to £1,200 a year. To check if you are eligible please contact the Student Welfare Leader on 01392 400447.

Course fees - see our website exe-coll.ac.uk for up to date details about any additional fees relating to your course or programme of study.

We are available to chat to at every Open Event - see page 3 for details.

Support for ApprenticesOur Apprentices have access to our WHAM (Wellbeing, Health, Activity and Motivation) service, which offers support with mental health and emotional wellbeing. WHAM is friendly, approachable and available; as well as confidential. You will also be given a Training Recruitment Adviser who will help with a job search, preparing you for interviews and supporting your next steps once you have completed your Apprenticeship. When you start your Apprenticeship you will then be provided a Skills Officer who will work with you and your employer throughout your qualification.

Apprenticeship info

Connor

“The support has been great, the lecturers will try to assist you at any chance they have if you are stuck with anything. The team in Greystone House are also very good, for example, helping me with reimbursements for travel. Exeter College gave me the opportunity to meet new people when I started my course, as well as the multiple opportunities to take part in industry placements throughout my time at college.”Studying IT Level 3 Extended DiplomaPreviously studied at Isca Academy

26

Page 28: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

27

Workingtogether.Information for parents and guardiansThe safety and wellbeing of learners is our key priority. We focus on providing high quality teaching, learning and tutoring which is underpinned by a range of student support services. We believe that by working in partnership with parents and guardians we have the best opportunity to support the personal development and success of each of our learners.

We will keep in touch with you through our:> Parent Portal Site, which will give you information

on your young person’s timetable, attendance and from where you will be able to access their Progress Reports

> Parent pages on our website, which provide you with information, updates, links, term dates and event details

> Progress Evenings, where you can meet your young person’s tutor or subject lecturers to discuss their progress

> Personal tutors, who may phone or email if there is a concern about your young person’s attendance, punctuality, behaviour, work completion or a serious conduct issue

Support for ApprenticesMaking the transition from school or full time education to employment is an exciting time for all concerned. It could raise a number of questions and we are more than happy to answer any queries you may have. Feel free to phone our Apprenticeship Hotline on 01392 400800, where one of our dedicated Training and Recruitment Advisers are on hand to support you. Apprentices have access to a wide range of college services and all employers are vetted for suitability before they take on a young person as an Apprentice.

Apprenticeship info

Support

> Wellbeing or Safeguarding Team, your young person’s personal tutor, if there are concerns about their safety, health or wellbeing

> Parent/Guardian Newsletters, which give updates on events and celebrating student achievement

We value your support and look forward to working with you.

For further information on the support your young person will have access to at college, see pages 25-26 or contact us for further information.

Page 29: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 28

“All three of my children have had really good support from their tutors during their time at college and have come out with fantastic results. I absolutely recommend Exeter College. It has been a great stepping stone from school to university, preparing them for the future.” Juliette, parent of Rose and Jack, pictured here celebrating Jack's A Level results. Rose also recently achieved a brilliant 40 out of 45 points for the International Baccalaureate.

STOP PRESSJack achieved a fantastic A*, A and B at A Level and is progressing on to study Physics at University of Exeter.

Jack“It’s a really helpful environment at Exeter College. The teachers are all really supportive and give you loads of help and support when it comes to preparing for exams. If I ever needed any assistance then my teachers were always there to guide me along the way. It was very easy to fit in with people and getting involved in extra activities helped me build new friendships with like-minded people.”Studied Maths, Further Maths and Physics A LevelsPreviously studied at Stover School, Newton Abbot

STOP PRESSThis year the prestigious IB saw the best results in our 20 year history of delivering the programme. Almost a third of students (32%) achieved 40+ points. This is the equivalent of five A Levels at A/A*, putting them in the top five to ten per cent of students in the entire world.

Page 30: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Support

29

Preparation for your next steps.We recognise that making the choice about what to study after school is often just the start of your journey, and where those studies will take you is just as important.

We can help you reach your goals or even discover them if you are not sure what you want to do just yet. There are plenty of exciting options to choose from. You could progress on to another course, an Apprenticeship or study with our Centre for University Level Studies at college. Or you might choose to apply to university or find a job. Whatever your choice is, we will give you support to make your decision.

As a student at Exeter College, we want to support you to succeed in both your studies with us and your preparation for life after college. To do this, we have created a Personal Development Programme (PDP). To help you complete your PDP, you will be assigned a Personal Tutor and be placed in a group with like-minded people. Your PDP will be delivered through a combination of group tutorials, 1:1s and some independent learning. The PDP covers a range of essential themes such as your personal safety, equality, diversity and British Values, health and wellbeing and citizenship. The programme is also structured around preparing you for your next steps here at college and beyond. Depending on your plans, the PDP will help you think through your options and support you in accessing information about careers, university, Apprenticeships and building skills for the workplace. You will have access to a Personal Development Log and be able to regularly update your progress to help you record

and reflect on where you are at in preparing for your next steps.

Whilst at college you can visit our Progression and Employability Team who will help you make informed decisions about your future. Our Progression Team are our College Careers Advisers, able to offer impartial advice to all students. The team coordinates a range of external visitors throughout the year to include employers, universities, Apprenticeship providers, gap year and volunteering opportunities. The team can offer support on progression at Exeter College, UCAS and university applications, gap year, volunteering, Apprenticeships and finding employment. All students are encouraged to book a 30 minute appointment with the team. You can also come along to a lunchtime drop in session if you just want to get your personal statement checked or ask a quick question.

29

Exeter College’s Medical Society aims to prepare students for degrees in Medical Science, Veterinary Science and Dentistry. This extracurricular programme consists of specialised talks, university visits, pre-interview test preparation, interview training and an opportunity to gain work experience at the RD&E Hospital, Exeter. The Medical Society is open to all students with an interest in medicine or a medical-based career.

For more information please contact [email protected]

Page 31: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

30Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Sharol Mackenzie studied A Level and BTEC Dance alongside her other subjects and now has a very successful career in the industry. After college she went on to the Rambert School of Ballet, earning a First-Class Honours degree in Contemporary Dance. This year she appeared in Matthew Bourne’s Romeo and Juliet, premiering in the UK. In 2019 we opened a new Dance Studio, see more on page 13.

Alumni.We are very proud of our students and former students. Many thousands of our alumni have gone on to bright futures. We believe that coming to Exeter College is just the start of what is an enduring connection to our very special college. As well as being a place where lives are transformed through the power of education, our college is a place where lifelong friendships are made and memories are formed. For more information, and to read our Alumni and Friends Magazine, visit exe-coll.ac.uk/alumni. Here are just a few of our alumni stories:

Tobias Cowan started his time at Exeter College as an apprentice in Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering with Hepco Motion before completing a HNC with us. He recently won the National Manufacturing Apprentice of the Year Award for Make UK and visited the Houses of Parliament for the awards ceremony. 

Ellis Taylor studied a BTEC in Print-based Media, alongside A Levels in English Language, English Literature and Philosophy. She now lives in London and works for a global marketing agency. She loved her time at Exeter College and says: “The lecturers were always there to help if you needed it, and they really knew their stuff. I loved the freedom that came with study at Exeter College, it always felt like your future was in your own hands; you got out what you put in.”

Luke Bearpark graduated from the Flybe Training Academy after completing a Travel and Tourism Diploma and has now secured employment as International Cabin Crew with British Airways. He was also crowned Travel and Tourism student of the year at the National BTEC Awards. See more about Travel and Tourism courses on pages 141-144.

Katie Fowler graduated from our Centre for University Level Studies this year with a Business Management BA degree. She has secured a place on a prestigious Graduate Scheme with international property company, JLL, with a fully funded Masters. Katie aims to become a Chartered Surveyor after two years.

Page 32: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

31 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

From school to college in 5 easy steps.

Apply

Find out about our courses by: > Looking at the course,

Apprenticeship and college information on our website and in this guide. In particular, take a look at the course listing at the front of the guide and see pages 35-45 to find your level and the best type of qualification for you.

> Talking to your college adviser, teachers, school careers adviser, parents, our Apprenticeship Team, employers and friends.

> Coming to our Open Events - they’re a great way to get a taste of the college. Events covering all subjects are on 17th October, 20th November 2019 and 15th January 2020, 5-8pm. All of our sites will be open to view on these dates. Our Construction Centre and Technology Centre will be open for a specialist open event on 14th May 2019, 5-7pm. We also hold our Exeter College Showcase on 23rd April 2020, 4-7pm, where you can meet all of our faculties under one roof.

Complete your application formApply online - it’s really easy and you will get an immediate acknowledgement email. Alternatively, you can download and print an application form or pick one up from college. If you’re applying for one of our fabulous academies, fill out their application form(s) available on our website as well. We recommend you apply by the end of January 2020 to guarantee an early interview. If you’re keen on Apprenticeships and do not have an employer, you’ll also need to apply for a full time course as a backup plan. If you have any queries you can phone us on 01392 400444.

Come to an interview We will invite you for an interview where you will discuss your chosen course(s) or Apprenticeship with tutors, plus any extra support you may require. We will then offer you a conditional place at college. This may depend on your GCSE or other exam results, or whether you find an employer if you are applying for an Apprenticeship.

1 2 3

Page 33: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 32Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

We’ll invite you to enrolmentWe will contact you in early August about your enrolment appointment, which will be between the end of August and beginning of September - so remember, don’t book your holiday then. Please note, this may be slightly different if you’re choosing an Apprenticeship.

Congratulations - you are on the right path to a brighter future.

August GCSE results day - Thursday 20th August 2020If all of your grades are what you expected - see you at enrolment. If your grades are not quite what you expected, don’t panic - ring our dedicated Results Helpline on 01392 400555 to find out if you’re on the right course or what other courses might suit you.

4 5

Page 34: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apply

Find out more.Choosing what to do next can be confusing, but we can help with information and advice every step of the way. Make sure you read pages 35-45 for the details of the different types of courses and training available and the usual entry requirements.

You can get help and advice by:

Talking to a college adviserOur dedicated College Advice Team are trained to give you advice and guidance about the college and help you make sense of all the choices. They can talk to you about the subject area you are interested in, your long term career goals, what exam grades you expect to get and all things college related. College Advisers visit schools regularly and also have drop in sessions at college - check with your school tutor or get in touch by calling: 01392 400600 (8.30am-4.30pm) or email [email protected].

Coming to one of our Open EventsYou can come along to our Open Events to talk to the experts on the different subjects, chat to the Progression and College Advice Teams, have your questions answered regarding travel and see our outstanding facilities. The events cover all subjects and are on 17th October, 20th November 2019 and 15th January 2020, 5-8pm at our city centre sites. We will also hold our Exeter College Showcase on 23rd April 2020, 4-7pm, where you can meet all of our faculties under one roof. Check our website for details.

Going onlineOur website has lots of information about what to expect at college and detailed course information. You can also view our photos on Instagram (@exetercollege), watch videos about us on YouTube (execollofficial), follow us on Twitter (@ExeterCollege) or ‘Like’ our Facebook page (ExeterCollege) to find out about what’s happening at college and keep in touch with us.

Finding out about ApprenticeshipsIf you are interested in an Apprenticeship, find out more on page 145-164. You can also phone the Exeter College Apprenticeship Hotline for expert advice on 01392 400800.

33

College Adviser“My role is to help students with their preparations for coming to college.”

Find out more about my role as a College Adviser and how we can help you at exe-coll.ac.uk/1618

Page 35: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

7 top questions.1. How do I apply for Exeter College?

You can apply online through our website or download and print a form from the website. Alternatively, pop into one of our receptions to pick up an application form.

2. What happens if I change my mind about what to study?You can log back into your online application and change your course or email [email protected] and let one of our team know what you would like to change to. If it is a major change we may ask you to come in for another interview. You can get advice on which courses to study from our College Advice Team.

3. What happens if I don’t get my predicted grades?The most important thing is that you are studying on the right course at the right level, so if you do not get the grades you were asked for, we will invite you to have a chat with a tutor to look at the options available to you. This might mean changing course or taking a lower level course for the first year. We run a results helpline at the end of August if you are worried that you have not got the grades you need.

4. If I apply, will I have an interview?Yes, we will contact you soon after you apply with an appointment date and time. You are usually asked to bring a recent school report with you and for some courses you may need to bring examples of work you have done - but you will be advised exactly what you will need to bring. Interview evenings are held regularly from December. You will have a short chat

with a tutor and have the opportunity to ask any questions and we can make sure that you understand what the course involves.

For Apprenticeships and some other courses we may ask you to do an online assessment so that we can make sure you study at the right level. We will let you know about this in advance. At the end of your interview you will be given a college offer confirming the course we are expecting you to take and the grades you will need.

5. Can I come and look around the college?You can come and look around the college, meet our tutors and see the fantastic facilities at one of our Open Events - see page 3 for dates and further information about the events. We strongly recommend you attend at least one Open Event. Should you have any queries or concerns before or after these events then you can contact the College Advice Team at [email protected] or call 01392 400600.

6. What if I need help with course expenses?The college has a bursary fund for students with lower household incomes. This can help with the cost of books, equipment or trips for your course. You would need to apply for this through our Student Experience Team before starting college. See page 26 for more information about financial support.

7. What if I’ve still got questions?Speak to our College Advice Team by phoning 01392 400600 or email [email protected]. They are always happy to help and are available all year round. See page 33 for further information.

34

Page 36: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

35 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Where to start?You can study at Entry Level, Level 1, 2 or 3 after school. The level you start at depends on your current abilities and school results. You can move your way up through the levels until you have completed Level 3, then you can progress on to higher education at college or university or find employment. See page 29 for information on your next steps after Level 3.

The information on these pages gives you an overview of entry requirements and is a guide to what you may need for the level you are looking at. See 39-40 for the full listing of courses we offer at each level and see pages 145-164 for Apprenticeships. For information on the types of qualifications we offer see pages 35-45. If you need any help making your choice contact our College Advice Team on [email protected] or call 01392 400600.

Important information:These are only guidelines. In some circumstances, or where you have extra experience, the course entry requirements may be different. Please ask us. We consider every application on an individual basis and discuss your qualifications at your interview to find the most appropriate course for you. We may have to change our entry requirements through the year and all courses are subject to review. Some courses may be suitable for students over the age of 19, contact us to discuss your options.

Entry Level Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

GCSE

Foundation Studies

Apprenticeships

Vocational and Technical full time programmes

A Levels

IB Diploma

T Levels

Apply

Page 37: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

36Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

LEVE

L 3

A Levels and BTEC CertificatesGCSE grades: A Levels and BTEC Certificates GCSE grades: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above including English Language and Maths. Some courses require subject specific entry criteria. Please see individual course listings for further information.

Types of course: A Levels, BTEC Certificates.

What next? You can study a higher education course or Apprenticeship at college or university or find a job.

LEVE

L 3

Vocational and technical full time programmesGCSE grades: Five grade 4s at GCSE including a grade 4 or above in English Language or a good pass with a full Level 2 qualification. For T Levels you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths). Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English Language and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).

Types of course: Vocational and BTEC Diploma Level 3 courses, T Levels or an Advanced Apprenticeship, UAL Diploma, NVQ, VRQ.

What next? You can study a higher education course or Apprenticeship at college or university or find a job.

LEVE

L 3

International Baccalaureate (IB)GCSE grades: Eight GCSEs to include at least six at grade 6 or above as well as a grade 6 in English Language and Maths. Some courses require subject specific entry criteria. Please see pages 111-112 for further information.

What next? You can progress to university or even consider studying abroad once you complete the International Baccalaureate. You can also move to a higher education course or Apprenticeship here at the college.

LEVE

L 2 GCSE grades: Three grade 3s at GCSE as well as English Language and Maths at grade 3

or above or a Level 1 qualification at merit grade.

Types of course: BTEC Level 2, Apprenticeship, GCSE, UAL Diploma, NVQ, VRQ, GCSE Fast Track.

What next? You can move on to a vocational or BTEC Level 3 course or an Advanced Apprenticeship.

LEVE

L 1 GCSE grades: Four grade 2s at GCSE, normally including English Language and Maths

at grade 2 or above.

Types of course: BTEC Level 1 Diploma, Prince’s Trust, NVQ.

What next? You can move on to a vocational or BTEC Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

ENTR

Y LE

VEL GCSE grades: No formal qualifications.

Types of course: Paths 2 Independence/Progression, Vocational Studies, Positive Pathways.

What next? You can move on to a Level 1 course or NVQ.

Page 38: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

37 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apply

Coursesby level.

Full information about levels can be found on pages 37-38 and information about the qualifications we offer is on pages 37-47. For a listing by subject type see pages 01-02.

Entry Level and Level 1 qualifications. EntryLevel

Level1

These are studied on their own and not combined with other courses. Brickwork 64Business 61, 81Caring for Children 92Carpentry and Joinery 64Catering Craft (and Food Service) 97Construction Skills 65Digital Media 81, 121Expressive Arts 81Health and Social Care 82, 94Hospitality and Tourism 82, 142Independence Gateway 80Information Technology 82, 106Introduction to the Hair Beauty Sector 87Multi-skilled Body and Paint 57Painting and Decorating 64Plumbing 65Progression Gateway 80Public Services 83, 93Skills Gateway 80Sport (Outdoor Adventure) 83, 135Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle 57

Level 2 qualifications. Level2

These are studied on their own and not combined with other courses.Airline Cabin Crew and Aviation Operations on the Ground 143Art and Design 51Barbering 87Beauty Retail 87Beauty Therapy 88Business 61Cutting and Styling Services 88Early Years Practitioner 93Electrical Installation 65Engineering 74Hair Colouring Services 88Health and Social Care 95Information and Creative Technologies-Creative Technology 107-Game Development 107-Systems and Networks 107Make-Up Artistry 89Media Production and Technology 121Music 126Performing and Production Arts 69Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science 136Plumbing 67Professional Cookery - Michael Caines Academy 98Professional Cookery (and Food and Beverage Service) 98Professional Cookery 98Public Services 94

Sport (Futsal Academy) 136Sport (Outdoor and Adventurous Activities) 135Sport 136 Travel and Tourism 142Vehicle Body Repair or Refinishing 57Vehicle Fitting Principles - Light Vehicle 58Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle 58

Level 3 vocational and technical full time programmes.

Level3

Art and Design (various routes) 52-52Barbering 90Beauty and Spa Therapy 89Business 62Construction and the Built Environment 67Construction: Design, Surveying and Planning 67Creative Media Production and Technology (Journalism) 122Creative Media Production and Technology 121Education and Childcare 93Engineering 74Food and Beverage Service Supervision 99Hairdressing 89Health and Social Care 95IT - Computing 109IT - Creative Technologies 109IT - Digital Production, Design and Development 108IT - Game Development 108IT - Systems and Networks 110Music 127Music Technology 127Photography 53Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science (Personal Trainer) 137Professional Cookery (Kitchen and Larder) 99Public Services 94Sport – Futsal Academy 138Sport – Sport Academy 138Sport (Outdoor Adventure) 135Sport and Exercise Science 140Sport Fitness Coaching 137Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up Artistry 90Travel and Tourism (Air Industry path) 143Travel and Tourism (Tourism Industry path) 144

T Levels.Level

3

Construction: Design, Surveying and Planning 67Education and Childcare 93IT - Digital Production, Design and Development 108

Page 39: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

38Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for these icons in the course information

A Levels and other combinable options. Level3

3-Dimensional Design (Product Design) 53Applied Psychology 101Biology 131Business 62Chemistry 131Classical Civilisation 77Computer Science 131Dance 72Double Mathematics 119Drama and Theatre 72Early Modern History 102Economics 118English Language 77English Literature 77Environmental Science 132Fashion and Textiles 54Film and Video 54Film Studies 122Fine Art 55French 115Geography 101Geology 132German 115Graphic Communication 55IT 110Later Modern History 102Law 102Mathematics 119Maths (with Statistics) 119Media Studies 123Music (Performance) 128Music 128Music Technology (Production) 127Philosophy 103Photography 53Physical Education 140Physics 132Politics 103Psychology 103Religious Studies 104Social Care 95Sociology 104Spanish 114Sport and Exercise Science 140

International Baccalaureate. (page 112) Level3

Apprenticeships. (pages 145-164)

3-Dimensional Design (Product Design) 53Applied Psychology 101Biology 131Business 62Chemistry 131Classical Civilisation 77Computer Science 131Dance 72Double Mathematics 119Drama and Theatre 72Early Modern History 102Economics 118English Language 77English Literature 77Environmental Science 132Fashion and Textiles 54Film and Video 54Film Studies 122Fine Art 55French 115Geography 101Geology 132German 115Graphic Communication 55IT 110Later Modern History 102Law 102Mathematics 119Maths (with Statistics) 119Media Studies 123Music (Performance) 128Music 128Music Technology (Production) 127Philosophy 103Photography 53Physical Education 140Physics 132Politics 103Psychology 103Religious Studies 104Social Care 95Sociology 104Spanish 114Sport and Exercise Science 140

Page 40: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

39 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

GCSE qualifications explainedOver recent years a GCSE number grading system has been introduced. GCSEs are now graded 9 to 1, with 9 being the top grade. On the diagram (see right) you can see how these new grades relate to the old A* to G grading. The new equivalent to a grade C, the old pass grade, is a 4. A grade 5 covers a high C/low B and is described as a good pass. A grade 6 covers a high B and 7 is an A. The old A* has been split into 8 and 9. Our courses require different GCSE qualifications so please check the entry requirements for the courses you are considering. It may be useful to have a back up plan from our wide range of courses. We will discuss your options at interview and enrolment, depending upon predicted and actual GCSE grades.

English and Maths - essential for all...Employers, universities and the government require all young people to have a good command and understanding of English and Maths. We are committed to supporting you to continually improve these skills, whatever level and course you are studying. We have lots of additional support on offer to help you to develop your literacy and numeracy skills during your time at Exeter College, both inside and outside the classroom. If you have not already achieved a grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths you will need to continue to work towards achieving them alongside your other courses. During your first few weeks at college, we will assess your level of English and/or Maths to decide how we can help you progress and succeed. We offer a range of functional skills and GCSE qualifications in both

English and Maths and will work with you to find the best route to achieving these core qualifications whilst you are with us. If you are excited by the challenge of developing your skills in English and Maths alongside an A Level programme, you may like to stretch yourself further by choosing an Extend in Creative Writing or taking a Level 3 Certificate in Maths. Whatever your subject, level of confidence or point of entry, we will do our very best to make sure you reach your potential in English and Maths.

Flying StartLevel 2 and 3 students on full time programmes will find out about our Flying Start assignments at enrolment. These are short pieces of introductory work to help students get a feel for their new subjects and the type of work expected in their first year.

Apply

45

New GCSE qualifications explained Please note, qualifications are subject to change - please keep checking our website for up to date information. As you may be aware a new GCSE grading system has been introduced. The new GCSEs are graded 9 to 1, with 9 being the top grade. On the diagram below you can see how this relates to the traditional A*-G grading. The new equivalent to a grade C is a 4. This information was taken from Ofqual and was correct at the time of print. Please visit our website for the latest information.

Grading the new GCSEsNew GCSE Grading Structure

Current GCSE Grading Structure

9

A* A B D E F GC

8 7 6 5 3 2 1 u

u

4

4=Cand

aboveand above

Information was taken from Ofqual and was correct at time of print.

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

English and maths – essential for all...Employers, universities and the government require all young people to have a good command and understanding of English and maths. We are committed to supporting you to continually improve these skills, whatever level and course you are studying. We have lots of additional support on offer to help you to develop your literacy and numeracy skills during your time at Exeter College, both inside and outside the classroom. If you have not already achieved a grade 4 (or if taken before 2017, a grade C) in GCSE English language and maths you will need to continue to work towards achieving them alongside your other courses. During your first few weeks at college, we will assess your level of English and/or maths to decide how we can help you progress and succeed. We offer a range of functional skills and GCSE qualifications in both English and maths and will work with you to find the best route to achieving these core qualifications whilst you are with us. If you

are excited by the challenge of developing your skills in English and maths to a very high academic level, you may like to stretch yourself further by getting involved in our extracurricular groups, such as Maths Club. Whatever your subject, level of confidence or point of entry, we will do our very best to make sure you reach your potential in English and maths.

Flying StartLevel 2 and 3 students on full time programmes will find out about our Flying Start assignments at enrolment. These are short pieces of introductory work to help students get a feel for their new subjects and the type of work expected in their first year.

Our College Advice Team are available all year round for help and advice. Contact [email protected] or call 01392 400600

Grading the new GCSEs

Information was taken from Ofqual and was correct at time of print.

Apply

Page 41: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

40Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Vocational and technical full time programmes.These can be studied at Level 1, 2 or 3. They are mainly assessed through coursework and give a balance of practical work and theory. They generally don’t involve exams, however there will be some element of external assessment at Level 2 and 3.

Level 1 and Level 2 courses take one year and you can usually progress from these on to the next level. Level 3 qualifications usually run for two years and they are equivalent to three A Levels. We offer BTEC, T Level and UAL qualifications and other vocational courses may be called NVQ or VRQ and are practical courses preparing you for the workplace. You can progress from a Level 2 NVQ on to a Level 3 NVQ.

A BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma is studied in the first year and is equivalent to one and a half A Levels. In the second year you progress on to the Extended Diploma. The full qualification (two years) is equivalent to three A Levels. We do not usually encourage students to take an AS Level course alongside a BTEC Diploma/Extended Diploma.

We offer a large range of qualifications. If you need any help at all deciding which is best for you contact our College Advice Team on [email protected] or call 01392 400600. See pages 1-2 for the full course listing. You can find out more about the application process on pages 31-34.

GCSE qualifications may be taken alongside an A Level or vocational programme. We will advise on application or interview.

Full information about levels can be found on pages 35-38 and information about the qualifications we offer is on pages 35-46.

40

Page 42: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

41 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

What are they? T Levels are a brand new qualification designed to give you a head start towards the future you want. They follow GCSEs and are equivalent to three A Levels. The two year T Level qualification brings classroom and industry placement together on a course designed with employers and businesses. You’ll spend 80% of your time in the classroom and 20% on a 315 hours minimum placement to give you the skills, behaviours and knowledge employers are looking for. Your T Level will help you to step straight into your chosen career, an Apprenticeship, higher technical qualification or a degree. Wherever your future is heading, take it to the nexT-Level. 

Who are T Levels for? T Levels are ideal for post-GCSE students who want to get into a skilled job. Because T Levels are being developed in collaboration with employers and businesses, students will get the knowledge, skills and experience they need to get the job they want. What subjects are available? The first T Levels are in Construction (see page 67), Digital (see page 108) and Education and Childcare (see page 93) and will be offered from September 2020 by selected colleges and schools. More subjects will be offered in the years that follow.

What is different about T Levels? T Levels have been developed in collaboration with employers and businesses and will provide the skills and knowledge needed to progress to highly skilled employment, higher level study or Apprenticeship. All T Levels will include an industry placement with an employer so that students can apply their learning in a real workplace environment. Around 80% of time will be spent in the classroom with the remaining 20% being spent on placement. This differs to an Apprenticeship, which is typically 80% on-the-job and 20% in the classroom and more suited to those who feel ready to enter the workforce at 16.

Can T Levels take you to university? Yes, they can. T Levels will primarily prepare students to move into a skilled job but can also lead to further technical training, such as higher technical qualifications, Higher Apprenticeships or a degree if they don’t want to move straight into work.

How do I apply? Applications for Exeter College open in October for entry in September 2020 and we encourage Year 11 students to apply early in the academic year. This will ensure that students have their interview prior to GCSE exam time. The entry requirements for all our courses are on the relevant pages in the guide and will be available on our website. Visit us at the next open event to find out more or contact our College Advice Team on 01392 400600 or email [email protected]

James“My industry placement allowed me to expand my skillset, both academically and socially. I had the opportunity to work directly with clients, gaining real world experience in a professional environment. I enjoyed the opportunity I was given to work directly with the teams relevant to the subject area I was developing skills in at the time and understand their workflow, while gaining key information that would allow me to progress into the industry.”Studying Level 3 BTEC IT Extended Diploma Previously studied at St James School, Exeter

Apply

41

T Levels.

We are the only provider in Devon selected to deliver the new T Levels from September 2020

STOP PRESSThe Department of Education recently announced how many UCAS points T Levels will be worth. Students who achieve the very top grade will get UCAS points at the equivalent of three A*s at A Level. University admissions service UCAS have stated that a starred distinction at T Level will be worth 168 UCAS points, which is the same as three A*s, with each of those being worth 56 points. See https://www.ucas.com/further-education/post-16-qualifications/qualifications-you-can-take/t-levels

Page 43: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

42Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Exeter College is offering T Levels in the following from September 2020:

> Digital (page 108) > Construction (page 67) > Childcare (page 93)

#TLevels

STOP PRESSJames has been offered a scholarship to study a Cyber Security and Network Forensics course at Northumbria University.

What are they? T Levels are a brand new qualification designed to give you a head start towards the future you want. They follow GCSEs and are equivalent to three A Levels. The two year T Level qualification brings classroom and industry placement together on a course designed with employers and businesses. You’ll spend 80% of your time in the classroom and 20% on a 315 hours minimum placement to give you the skills, behaviours and knowledge employers are looking for. Your T Level will help you to step straight into your chosen career, an Apprenticeship, higher technical qualification or a degree. Wherever your future is heading, take it to the nexT-Level. 

Who are T Levels for? T Levels are ideal for post-GCSE students who want to get into a skilled job. Because T Levels are being developed in collaboration with employers and businesses, students will get the knowledge, skills and experience they need to get the job they want. What subjects are available? The first T Levels are in Construction (see page 67), Digital (see page 108) and Education and Childcare (see page 93) and will be offered from September 2020 by selected colleges and schools. More subjects will be offered in the years that follow.

What is different about T Levels? T Levels have been developed in collaboration with employers and businesses and will provide the skills and knowledge needed to progress to highly skilled employment, higher level study or Apprenticeship. All T Levels will include an industry placement with an employer so that students can apply their learning in a real workplace environment. Around 80% of time will be spent in the classroom with the remaining 20% being spent on placement. This differs to an Apprenticeship, which is typically 80% on-the-job and 20% in the classroom and more suited to those who feel ready to enter the workforce at 16.

Can T Levels take you to university? Yes, they can. T Levels will primarily prepare students to move into a skilled job but can also lead to further technical training, such as higher technical qualifications, Higher Apprenticeships or a degree if they don’t want to move straight into work.

How do I apply? Applications for Exeter College open in October for entry in September 2020 and we encourage Year 11 students to apply early in the academic year. This will ensure that students have their interview prior to GCSE exam time. The entry requirements for all our courses are on the relevant pages in the guide and will be available on our website. Visit us at the next open event to find out more or contact our College Advice Team on 01392 400600 or email [email protected]

James“My industry placement allowed me to expand my skillset, both academically and socially. I had the opportunity to work directly with clients, gaining real world experience in a professional environment. I enjoyed the opportunity I was given to work directly with the teams relevant to the subject area I was developing skills in at the time and understand their workflow, while gaining key information that would allow me to progress into the industry.”Studying Level 3 BTEC IT Extended Diploma Previously studied at St James School, Exeter

42

Additional T Levels from September 2021Digital: Digital Support and ServicesDigital Business Services

Construction :Onsite ConstructionBuilding Services Engineering

Healthcare and Science :HealthHealthcare ScienceScience

Page 44: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

43 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apply

A Levels.Plus AS Levels, BTEC Certificates and Extended Certificates.A Levels are ideal if you enjoyed your GCSEs and are ready to move up to the next level. Most students identify three subjects and an Extend option that they are interested in studying and we will offer advice and guidance at interview to ensure that you have chosen the best programme of study for you. Any A Level subject can be combined into the right programme of study. After a year at Exeter College, in the majority of A Level subjects you will receive a standalone AS Level qualification. See the full course information for details of which subjects offer an AS Level in the first year.

Art and Design.Fashion and TextilesA practical course that will enhance your creative and visual recording skills.Film and VideoAn ideal course for budding film makers who want to understand the key principles and techniques of the industry.Film StudiesStudy different genres of film whilst also producing your own material.Fine ArtA challenging course which encourages students to pursue individual creative investigations.Graphic DesignDevelop your own designs in traditional and digital media.PhotographyDevelop advanced photography skills and express yourself as a creative individual.3-Dimensional Design (Product Design)Grow your understanding of 3-Dimensional (3D) art and design.

Business.BusinessA good introduction to a career in business.

Dance, Performance and Production.DanceDevelop your dance and choreography skills, gain experience of performance and develop your understanding of critical study.Drama and TheatreCombine practical performance with theoretical work.

English Language and Literature. Classical CivilisationStudy the culture and society of Graeco-Roman antiquity and its impact upon the modern world.English LanguageThis course focuses on how we communicate across a range of contexts.

English LiteratureStudy a wide variety of texts, covering the major literary genres of poetry, prose and drama.

Humanities.Early Modern History (1485-1799)Go back deeper into history and develop an understanding of a range of historic events. EconomicsFind out about economic forces and how they shape the world around us.GeographyStudy both human and physical geography through a variety of topics. Later Modern History (1780-1991)Learn about major events in the recent past, develop on themes from GCSE. LawA fascinating insight into what it might be like to study Law at university. PhilosophyGain an introductory knowledge of philosophy as an academic subject.

PoliticsGain an understanding of the British political system and examine political ideologies and global power.PsychologyDevelop scientific skills in research methods and analysis and the use of theory to develop explanations of individual and social behaviour. Religious StudiesGain an insight into some of the key aspects of religion and ethical issues in contemporary society.SociologyThis course gives you knowledge about contemporary society, social processes and social change.

Languages. FrenchThis course constitutes an integrated study with a focus on language, culture and society.

Look for this icon on the course pages. This means you can combine that course with other courses with this icon to create a full time programme of study.

We are celebrating our best ever set of academic A Level results, see page 6 for details.

Page 45: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

44Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

GermanYou will develop your language ability by practising listening, speaking, reading and writing.SpanishBuild on your knowledge and skills acquired at GCSE.

Mathematics. EconomicsFind out about economic forces and how they shape the world around us.MathematicsTake your mathematical knowledge to the next stage by studying Pure and Applied Mathematics.Double MathematicsExplore mathematical relationships in far greater depth with pure and applied maths, including statistics.

Media and Film. Film and VideoAn ideal course for budding film makers.Film StudiesStudy different genres of film whilst also producing your own material.Media StudiesStudy different forms of media whilst producing your own material.

Music.MusicLearn techniques of performance, harmony and composition and gain a historical perspective.

Science.BiologyStudy the subject in great depth to understand biological principles from the biochemistry of the cell to whole organisms. ChemistryDevelop your understanding of the chemical world, what drives reactions and how these can be used to build a better society.Computer ScienceIdeal if you love mathematical analysis, programming and want to work in computer science, software engineering or games development.Environmental ScienceThis course is ideal for those who have a keen interest in the sustainability of our planet through an understanding of the key scientific principles involved.GeologyA culmination of science and physical geography, giving an understanding of the earth we live on. PhysicsExplore the fundamental forces and principles which underlie the building blocks of the universe.

Sport and Fitness.Physical Gain a practical and theoretical introduction to the various disciplines involved in physical education.

Listed below are some other options you can combine with A Levels.

BTEC Certificates, Extended Certificate and Subsidiary Diplomas.These BTEC courses are treated just like A Levels by universities (they also have points) and it can be a great option to combine one with two A Levels. See below for examples of good combinations.

> Applied Psychology > Business > Dance > IT > Music Technology (Production) > Music (Performance) > Social Care > Sport and Exercise Science

Level 3 Certificate.Maths (with Statistics)Use maths and statistics to make logical and reasoned arguments in a variety of contexts. Please note, this is a one year course which can only be taken as a fourth option alongside three A Levels instead of an Extend option. It is an equivalent to an AS Level. See page 119 for details.

Picking a good combinationWe have included information on each course entry about what other options that course combines well with. Common combinations include ones which have similar topics such as Geography and Environmental Studies or Photography and Graphic Design. Other courses which work well together are ones which complement each other in terms of their approach and skills required, for example, a mix of Maths and Science courses with a Modern Language, or with a Humanities course, such as Sociology or History. However, it is important that you choose subjects you feel you really enjoy and that will provide you with a basis for your future career. We will support you to find the best combination of subjects for you.

Many students combine two A Levels with one BTEC Certificate option (listed above). A good combination would be, for example, Sociology and Biology A Levels with Health and Social Care BTEC Level 3 Certificate/Extended Certificate. Another common combination might be Business and, for example, German A Level with IT BTEC Certificate/Subsidiary Diploma.

Some degrees and universities can be highly specific about A Level combinations and grade requirements, so when deciding what to pick it is a good idea to check out what sort of combination might work well for your potential next steps. You are welcome to chat to our College Advice Team (see page 33) for guidance prior to your interview or you can explore options online, for example with the Informed Choice website: informedchoices.ac.uk

Page 46: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

International Baccalaureate.The International Baccalaureate (IB) is an internationally recognised qualification made up of six subjects, including English, Maths, Science, a modern foreign language and an Elective which may be an Arts or Humanities subject, an ab initio language or Chemistry. You also get involved in community projects and write a research-based essay. The course is equivalent to a full A Level programme and involves exams and coursework. See pages 111-112 for more information and entry requirements.

Apply

45

In 2019, almost a third (32%) of students achieved an amazing 40+ points out of 45.

Stand out from the crowd with Extend.Extend is a unique, exciting and stretching academic study programme for A Level students, aimed at helping them to maximise their potential. If you are planning to study an A Level programme at Exeter College you will need to enrol on a four element programme. This will commonly consist of three core A Levels (or a combination of two A Levels and a BTEC Extended Certificate) and a fourth element, or ‘Extend’ option, which can be selected from a wide range of courses, depending on individual interests and potential progression plans beyond college. If you are a high achiever who will thrive with the academic challenges of studying A Levels, then you may choose an additional A Level as the fourth element (subject to GCSE grades).

Some students will also be involved in a Sports Academy instead of an Extend option.

Our aim is to provide students with an enriched academic experience, while helping to develop a curious and questioning mind. Extend will help to prepare you for your next steps beyond college and develop the types of skills that universities and employers are looking for. The opportunities available vary from learning a foreign language or exploring Criminology and Game Design, to furthering your interest in the Arts or participating in a Sports Therapy Programme. This is just a taster of what is available, for a full list of activities please visit our website: exe-coll.ac.uk/extend

Page 47: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

New Directions This course is a personal development course for 16-18 year olds that is aimed at students who might find it hard to be in large groups, social situations and are lacking confidence and self-esteem. The programme begins on a one to one basis with the New Directions Tutor, where you will be set targets to work on over the 12 week period and begin working towards a project. This project will be driven by the students’ interests and will be something that can be completed in college hours, or at home.

As the course progresses one-to-one work will develop into paired work, then small group work with the other students on the course. There will be taught sessions around self-esteem, confidence and mental health and well-being, as well as team building activities to help develop confidence.

Other pathways to get you started.Here at Exeter College we offer three bespoke 12 week, short courses aimed at young people, aged between 16-25 years old, that are not currently in education, employment or training. All three courses offer the opportunity to take part in positive activities with other young people, engage with the community and work towards long term goals, such as further education courses or employment. There are no grade entry requirements and we run the courses at three different points throughout the academic year.

If you think you fall into some of the criteria below, these courses might be ideal for you;>> Thinking that because school didn’t go very well or because you have not been in education for a while that you aren’t able to access a college course? >> Undecided about your future options and positive progression opportunities? >> Lacking confidence and in need of help to realise your potential?

Positive Pathways This is a fun, engaging course, delivered two and a half days a week, for 16-18 year olds designed to help develop confidence, self-esteem and teamworking skills. You will learn alongside other young people and your group will be set a range of challenges, projects and activities designed to help you use and improve current skills and qualities, as well as develop brand new ones. You will have the opportunity to engage with and work within the community, fundraise for a chosen charity and work towards chosen targets.

To find out more about any of our alternative courses please visit our website: exe-coll.ac.uk/1618/Courses/AlternativeCourses

46

Prince’s Trust TEAM Programme This course is for 16-25 year olds who are looking to boost their confidence, ability to work in a team and have aspirations of continuing further educational studies or gaining employment. The course runs 5 days a week over the 12 week period and students who complete all elements of the course will work towards a Level 1 Qualification in Employability, Teamwork and Community Skills. Students will have their public transport paid for the duration of the course.

Jemma“During New Directions I worked a lot on my confidence and found it really helpful working one-to-one initially then progressing into slightly larger groups. I then progressed onto Positive Pathways and I continued to build my confidence and really came out of my shell. I have now finished the Prince’s Trust programme and I have become even more confident through doing activities like work experience and the Barclays interview process. I have also improved my IT skills.”

Page 48: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

47 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apply

Academies.

Sports AcademyThe Sports Academy provides an opportunity for gifted and talented sports performers to focus on their chosen sport, in a supportive and specialist environment, whilst studying academic or vocational qualifications. The academy has produced sports performers and teams of the highest quality - many of whom have progressed to study at university level or embarked upon successful careers within sport. The Sports Academy benefits from excellent links and partnerships with local organisations including Exeter City FC, Exeter Chiefs, Fitness First, University of Exeter, Tennis and Cricket Centres, Exeter Golf and Country Club, Exeter Mixed Martial Arts Centre and Exwick Tennis Club.Entry criteria: You should gain the required grades and meet the entry criteria for your full time college course. Please complete a Sports Academy Player Information Form available from our website, this should be completed and returned separately to your full time application form. You will be invited to attend performance trials or meetings to discuss your individual sport and, if selected, you will be asked to make a contribution towards the cost of the Sports Academy.Visit exe-coll.ac.uk/16-18/Academies/Sports

Exeter College Rugby Academy in Partnership with Exeter Chiefs Young rugby players have the chance to follow in the stud marks of rugby legends, thanks to an exciting partnership between Exeter Chiefs and Exeter College. Aspiring rugby players will get the chance to nurture not only their rugby talent, but also receive first class education and training. The Rugby Academy at Exeter College provides education and rugby training required to support learners to reach the highest level in the sport. The programme caters for players from 16-18 and 18-20 years. Accommodation is now available for students, visit our website for further information.Entry criteria: For full details on the criteria and selection process, visit exe-coll.ac.uk/1618/Academies/Sports

Michael Caines AcademyThe Michael Caines Academy is one of the most prestigious hospitality academies in the UK, with alumni working in all aspects of the industry around the globe. Highly motivated learners work through an intense programme of study and enrichment, which culminates in a six week work placement that prepares them for a future in the varied and challenging hospitality sector.

We are proud to offer a range of inspirational academies. For full information visit exe-coll.ac.uk/1618/Academies

Music AcademyExeter College Music Academy is a diverse and exciting community, centred around our music courses and based in our Centre for Music and Performance. As a music student at Exeter College Music Academy you will have the opportunity to study an engaging music curriculum through our Level 2 and Level 3 courses covering rock, pop, classical and jazz as well as music technology and production. Taught by industry professionals with many years of experience, our courses will provide you with the knowledge and skills to progress to the next level – whether this is moving from Level 2 to Level 3 or onto a music degree, helping you to develop your overall confidence as a musician or to realise your career aspirations within the music industry. You will also have access to a whole host of other benefits such as our enrichment programme, which provides you with the opportunity to join our Big Band, Chamber Orchestra, Jazz Project etc or taking part in a range of stimulating workshops, recitals and industry talks from visiting musicians and industry professionals. The Music Academy also supports your essential ongoing instrumental and vocal development by providing heavily subsidised one to one lessons with professional local, national and international working musicians.

Entry criteria: Music Academy entry requirements and resource fees are set by the individual courses – cross college students accessing our enrichment programme can find out about specifics such as sight reading etc at Freshers Fair but otherwise there are no entry requirements or fees. Instrumental lessons are subsidised for Music Academy students only, but cross college students can sign up for the full cost.   

Page 49: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

48Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Journalism Academy (JAx)Supported by Pearson UK, this academy brings together in one place the people, skills, resources and contacts needed to help you to discover what it means to be a journalist.

This exciting opportunity supports you in getting your work published in magazines and international websites and broadcast on radio and online. You will learn how to interview, write, broadcast, and to work with editors. You’ll be able to build up a publishable portfolio of work, get your voice heard, and attend masterclasses with professionals.

Entry criteria: You should complete the application form, personal statement and an example of work, such as a feature or news story. You will be considered on your reliability, quality of work, organisational skills and potential as a multimedia journalist. You may also have an interview as part of your application process. There is a small charge for successful applicants per year. Bursaries are available, please ask for details.

Performing Arts AcademyThe Performing Arts Academy brings together Devon’s industry leading companies, venues and professionals with gifted and talented Exeter College performing arts students. It aims to give dedicated and committed performing arts students a diverse range of career enhancing masterclasses, trips and practical workshops that complement the students’ other courses. The culmination of the academy will be a showcase of work to industry professionals. The ethos behind the Performing Arts Academy is to stretch and challenge students who have a serious and genuine ambition to work within the performing arts industry.

Entry criteria: The Performing Arts Academy is open to any first or second year student that is studying a performing arts related course and has gained a GCSE grade 4 or above in both English/Maths. Entry is via application, audition and interview. For successful candidates offered a place, there will be a one off academy fee of £200. This includes all sessions and trips.

Our students wowed audiences with a production of A Midsummers Night’s Dream at the Barnfield Theatre.

Reach AcademyThe Reach Academy, supported by the Met Office, Michelmores LLP and other local businesses, is a unique initiative for Exeter College’s most academically gifted students. The programme encourages you to stretch yourself academically and to aim high in your university and career ambitions. You will commit approximately 60 hours over the year to extracurricular activities and experiences that will develop your skills and knowledge to benefit your university and job applications.

Entry criteria: You will need to have been predicted to achieve 7-9 in your GCSEs and show a strong motivation for extracurricular activities. Complete the Reach Academy Application Form available from our website. There are limited places on the Reach Academy. Students will be selected based on their academic qualifications and following an interview with the Reach Academy co-ordinator. The closing date for applications is the last day of February.

48

Page 50: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

49 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Art and Design

Based in the Centre for Creative Industries you will have the opportunity to express your ideas through a range of media, specialise in your favourite subject and meet lots of other creative students. You’ll also get the chance to use our workshops, studios and our dedicated learning centre, as well as exhibit your work in our gallery and annual Arts Festival.

Progress to the Exeter School of ArtThe Exeter School of Art offers a range of foundation degree courses, as well as the University of the Arts (UAL) Diploma in Art and Design (Foundation Studies). The foundation degrees on offer at the Exeter School of Art include Film and TV Production, Fine Art, Graphic Communication, Journalism and Photography.

For more information about the progression opportunities at the Exeter School of Art, please see: www.exeterschoolofart.co.uk

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for these icons in the course information

Art and Design.

Page 51: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

50Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 50

Nisha“I chose to stay at Exeter College to study the Foundation Diploma because I completed my A Levels here and thought that it was an amazing environment, with great equipment. Staff are really friendly and helpful at the college. It’s all been amazing – really supportive.

I was previously studying Textiles, Fine Art and English Literature A Levels which I really enjoyed. I also have absolutely loved my current course, partly because it has completely changed the direction I thought I was going in because I wasn’t really planning to go to university but now I am. I have recently been working on my final major project – I was focusing on the unconscious and dream states, making plaster pillows with imprints in as an installation piece.

I am planning to go to Goldsmiths in London to study Fine Art. Currently my goal after that is to practice art psychotherapy, following a masters in that.”Studying Art and Design Foundation Diploma, Level 3 Previously studied at Clyst Vale Community College

Page 52: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

51 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Art and Design

Art and DesignLevel 2 Diploma (UAL) Duration: 1 year

This course is for you if you are interested in, good at, and perhaps considering a career in, art and design. This course will help you to develop your art and design skills, as well as building your study skills in preparation for progression to Level 3.

You will: > Spend your time working on a

variety of practical projects, investigating a wide range of materials and techniques in both 2D and 3D disciplines

> Study the work of other artists and designers, supported by written and practical work

> Enhance your research skills through trips to galleries, museums and specialist workshops

> Develop a personal portfolio, culminating in exhibiting your work at the Summer Show

You will be required to meet deadlines, work independently and have enthusiasm for the arts. Your coursework will be assessed regularly. There are no exams for this course.

Choose this course if… you see yourself as a creative individual and enjoy making art.

Next steps: When you complete this course you could progress to a Level 3 course or a Level 3 Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs (or equivalent) at grade 3 or above (including English Language and Maths). If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE Art and Design at grade 3 or above. You should have an interest in, and be committed to, studying art and design. You will have to present a portfolio at your interview.

Level 3 Extended DiplomaArt and Design

We offer four Extended Diplomas in Art and Design:> Fine Art> Graphic Design> Photography> Fashion and Textiles

Each Extended Diploma (detailed on the next two pages) is equivalent to three A Levels, full time and two years in length. The Extended Diploma is intended for those students who are committed to visual arts in whatever form, and want to make a career in it. It will help you to build a portfolio for a university place or apply directly for a job in the industry.

Level 1

Level 2Expressive Arts

BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course offers you a broad-based introduction into Art, Design and Performing Arts. If working within these fields appeals, this vocational course will be a good choice for you. It will help you develop the basic skills, knowledge and qualities you need to progress.

You will:> Learn different ways of using various

2D art materials> Develop your practical creative skills> Take part in theatre trips> Be able to go on a week’s work

experience> Improve your ability in English and

Maths> Learn how to create your own

storyboard and script based on a play you have seen

> Work with others in a team to showcase your arts or performing arts skills

> Plan and market an exhibition of your work - either art or performing arts based

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for English and Maths.

Choose this course if... you want to develop the skills to go onto a course that will lead you into the Art or Performing Arts industry. This course is also a great choice if you want to develop your confidence and ability to work with others in a practical environment.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in Art or Performing Arts is important.

Page 53: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

52Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Fine Art Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL)

Fine Art is the course where you make images, paintings, sculptures, installations, drawings, and photographs because you want to explore an idea for yourself, rather than work to someone else’s. Good drawing skills are demanded. An inquisitive mind and a willingness to explore the visual world are a must.

You will: > Be introduced, in the first term,

to various art and design practices alongside other students on different Extended Diploma programmes

> Be taught a range of techniques and processes in our fully equipped Fine Art studios

> Enjoy a balance of practical/studio work alongside developing an understanding of design theories and commercial practices

> Visit galleries, including an optional residential visit abroad to locations such as Florence, Venice or Berlin

> Define your individual style and build up a strong portfolio of work

Your work will be assessed at the end of each year. You will take part in a final exhibition to celebrate your work.

Choose this course if… you are passionate about the arts and see yourself working in the creative industries, including graphic design, animation, teaching, architecture or interior design.

Next steps: You could progress to specialist courses at Exeter College, including a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design and then one of our Foundation Degrees. Alternatively, you could begin your career in illustration, photography, fine art, animation, web design. This is the preferred progression route for top arts universities.

Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs (or equivalent) at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths) and three GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You should have Art at grade 6 or above and an interest in, and commitment to, art and design. You will have to present a portfolio of artwork at your interview.

Graphic DesignDiploma/Extended Diploma (UAL)

Graphic design is everywhere - posters websites, packaging, illustrations and billboards, amongst others, are all trying to tell us something, to communicate with us. As varied as the work is, there are fundamentals that need to be learned in terms of colour, shape, layout, typography, computer software and working to briefs.

You will: > Learn about various art and design

practices alongside other students on different Extended Diploma programmes

> Be taught a range of techniques and processes

> Enjoy a balance of practical/studio work alongside developing an understanding of design theories and commercial practices

> Visit galleries, including an optional residential visit abroad to locations such as Florence, Venice or Berlin

> Define your individual style and build up a strong portfolio of work

Your work will be assessed at the end of each year. You will take part in a final exhibition to celebrate your work.

Choose this course if… you are creative, enjoy problem solving and are curious about the visual world we live in.

Next steps: You could progress to specialist courses at Exeter College, including a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design or onto a Foundation Degree.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and three GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You should have Art at grade 6 or above and an interest in, and commitment to, art and design and you will have to present a portfolio of artwork at your interview.

Level 3

Level 3Fashion and Textiles

Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL)

Fashion and Textiles is a vibrant area of the visual arts where a keen eye for detail, colour, texture and pattern, as well as very good planning and craft skills, are a must and need to be driven by a sharp sense of what is currently going on out there in the real world.

You will: > Be introduced, in the first term, to

various art and design practices, alongside other students on different Extended Diploma programmes

> Be taught a range of techniques and processes in our fully equipped Fashion and Textile studios

> Enjoy a balance of practical/studio work alongside developing an understanding of design theories and commercial practices

> Visit galleries, including an optional residential visit abroad to locations such as Florence, Venice or Berlin

> Define your individual style and build up a strong portfolio of work

Your work will be assessed at the end of each year. You will take part in a final exhibition to celebrate your work.

Choose this course if… you enjoy the process of designing and making garments or textiles work, and are passionate about fashion and textiles.

Next steps: You could progress to specialist courses at Exeter College, including a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design and then one of our Foundation Degrees.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and three GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You should have Art at grade 6 or above and an interest in and commitment to art and design. You will have to present a portfolio of artwork at your interview.

Level 3

Page 54: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

53 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Art and Design

3-Dimensional Design (Product Design)AS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course will grow your understanding of 3-Dimensional (3D) art and design. You will develop your capacity to design and make products, produce outcomes and appreciate the complex relationship between design and materials. The focus of the course is on aesthetics of design that include sculpture, architecture and product design.

You will: > Develop creative solutions to design

problems through independent thinking and practical exploration of process and materials

> Understand the key characteristics of materials and processes and how to utilise these through hands on experience

> Develop knowledge and understanding of the broader issues for artists and designers, such as environmental sustainability of products and their manufacture

> Learn to work with materials including ceramics, plastics, plaster, metal, glass and wood and also use a 3D printer

> Develop a personal artistic/design vision

Assessment is by coursework and examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy problem solving, working in a variety of materials and exploring the wider arts.

Next steps: Career possibilities include: product design, architecture, interior design including a Foundation or Degree course. 3D design also feeds into careers around ecology and sustainability through developing an understanding of consumer and lifestyle awareness.

Standard entry requirements: You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language and Maths.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 or above in GCSE Art or Design Technology.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and would be a good choice with one other creative subject or to complement academic A Level subjects.

Photography - Art and DesignAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This is a great course if you wish to develop advanced photography skills, learn to understand new media and express yourself as a creative individual.

You will: > Be taught a range of techniques

combining traditional and digital photography, images without lenses, and electronic and traditional sketchbook compilation

> Have access to full studio facilities, black and white and colour darkrooms and Photoshop suites

> Experience individual tutorial support to help develop your personal style

> Visit galleries and exhibitions and benefit from visiting speakers

You will be required to produce a portfolio of coursework, and complete an externally set assignment, for each level of the qualification.

Choose this course if… you love taking photographs and getting out and observing the world.

Next steps: You could progress on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design or a Photography Foundation Degree, both here at Exeter College. You can progress to study professional or fine art photography at university or begin your photographic career.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 or above in GCSE Art or a related subject, such as media or graphic products. If this has not been achieved, then a project can be undertaken to demonstrate your suitability for the course.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with most other courses, especially Film Studies, Media Studies and Graphics.

Level 3

Level 3Photography

Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL)

If you are serious about a career in photography, this specialist course is perfect for you. The emphasis of the course is your development as a photographer, but we’ll also teach you about editing, picture layout, photojournalism and the commercial aspects of a career in the creative industries.

You will: > Be doing photography from the day

you start to the day you finish > Be taught a range of techniques

and processes in our fully equipped darkrooms and photographic studios

> Enjoy a balance of a practical/studio work alongside developing an understanding of photographic theories and commercial practices

> Visit galleries, including an optional residential visit abroad to locations such as Florence, Venice or Berlin

> Define your individual style and build up a strong portfolio of work

This course is fully independent. Your work will be assessed at the end of each year. You will take part in a final exhibition to celebrate your work.

Choose this course if… you enjoy ordering the visual world through a lens and want to develop your unique style.

Next steps: You could progress to specialist courses at Exeter College, including a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design and then one of our Foundation Degrees. Alternatively, you could begin your career in photography.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and three GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in Art. You should have an interest in, and commitment to, art and design. You will need a portfolio for interview.

Level 3

Page 55: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

54Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Fashion and Textiles - Art and DesignA Level Duration: 2 years

This practical course will enhance your creative and visual recording skills and prepare you for a career in the fashion and textile industry. You will be encouraged to develop your own individual interests.

You will: > Study numerous techniques and

skills, including pattern cutting, printing and hand and machine embroidery

> Develop practical textile skills and independent, creative thinking through theme based projects and research

> Take part in annual fashion shows, including working with external partners such as National Trust - Killerton House, Princesshay Fashion Shows and the Royal Albert Memorial Museum

> Visit exhibitions in London to experience the work of others, both contemporary and historical

Your work will be assessed informally throughout the course. Your final grade is determined by an external moderator, end of course assessment of the portfolio unit and an externally set assignment unit.

Choose this course if… you enjoy exploring new processes, designing garments and are passionate about fashion and textiles.

Next steps: You could progress to study a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design at Exeter College and then go on to university courses such as Fashion and Costume Design, Textile and Surface Pattern, Fashion Photography and Promotion.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 or above in GCSE Art or a related subject, such as textiles.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme.

Film and Video - Art and DesignAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Are you a budding creative film maker? If so, then this course offers an excellent career start.

You will: > Experiment with different film styles in

a professional standard HD TV studio > Learn how to analyse films in

Hollywood and art-cinema forms, and apply these ideas to your own work

> Work with musicians, actors, artists and local arts organisations such as Royal Albert Memorial Museum and Exeter Phoenix

> Visit centres of excellence such as the Bill Douglas Centre, Harry Potter World and We The Curious, Bristol

Your work will be assessed informally, with your final grade set by an externally moderated assignment and the assessment of one unit of coursework.

Choose this course if… you want to find your own style as a creative film maker. Many film and digital art students have gone on to win or be shortlisted for regional, national and international short film competitions, which you will be encouraged to take part in throughout the course.

Next steps: You could progress on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design or a Photography Foundation Degree, both here at Exeter College. There is a strong progression rate to film and digital art degree courses from this programme.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Some experience of film, video or artwork would be useful but not essential. A grade 4 or above in GCSE Art is preferable.

See pages 120-124 for other film related courses.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme, however it cannot be taken alongside AS Fine Art.

Film StudiesAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

What do Scorsese, Coppola and Lucas have in common? They all studied films before they started making them. This course allows you to study different genres of film whilst also producing your own material.

You will: > Deepen your appreciation of cinema

and understanding of the historical, political and cultural context of films

> Study contemporary Hollywood and British film, world cinema and the ‘classics’

> Have the opportunity to go on the New York media trip

> Critically analyse film extracts > Develop your own screenplays > Use industry standard equipment,

including HD equipment and Final Cut Pro

Assessment is by coursework and examination.

Choose this course if… you enjoystudying, watching and writing about films from different time periods alongside creating your own film based productions.

Next steps: You could progress onto university level study in film/media theoretical or practical courses or you may wish to consider Exeter College’s Film and TV Production Foundation Degree.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A keen interest in different kinds of film.

See pages 120-124 for other film related courses.

This course can be combined with others (pages 43-44) and goes well with Media Studies, Humanities courses, Art and Design courses and Languages (including English).

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Page 56: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

55 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Fine Art - Art and DesignA Level Duration: 2 years

This is a challenging course which encourages students to pursue individual creative investigations.

You will: > Be part of a thriving art faculty, in

our own creative building - including specialist areas for 3D wood working, silk screen printing and ceramics

> Develop your practical drawing skills together with painting, printmaking, 3D and more experimental work

> Learn how to investigate and explore themes and ideas through the work of past and contemporary artists

> Learn how to express your ideas visually, verbally and in writing

In the first year, you will undertake three projects, all linked, but becoming progressively more individual and student-led as the year goes on. In the second year, there are two major projects, both self-directed, and encouraging mature and independent study visually, conceptually and in written form.

Choose this course if… you are passionate about the arts and want to develop your own practice and understanding of the arts.

Next steps: You could progress on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design here at Exeter College. This qualification is well respected by leading universities, it provides an excellent grounding for further study in art and design and supports degree level entry for many other subject areas.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in GCSE Art or a related subject, such as textiles.

This course can be combined and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme, see pages 43-44.

Graphic Communication - Art and DesignAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Graphic design is about communicating ideas and information through graphic imagery. You are then encouraged to develop individual solutions to design problems in both traditional and digital media.

You will: > Learn how to present your ideas

to others through visual and other means

> Investigate a range of design specialisms - illustration, advertising, packaging, typography and photography

> Explore your own creative ideas through the use of different media to develop your personal portfolio

> Take part in visits to experience the work of others, both contemporary and historical

You will be assessed informally through assignments and your final grade will be determined by externally moderated end of year assignments.

Choose this course if… you are creative, enjoy problem solving and want to understand the influence of graphic design in our lives and are interested in making money from your creativity.

Next steps: You could progress on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design or a Graphic Communication Foundation Degree both here at Exeter College.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 or above in GCSE art or a related subject such as media or graphic products.

This course can be combined and goes well with any other courses which make up a full-time programme, see pages 43-44.

University of the Arts London (UAL) Foundation Diploma in Art and DesignLevel 3+ Diploma in Foundation Studies Duration: 1 year

This intense and exciting course gives you an insight into a wide range of disciplines such as painting, printmaking, 3D materials, fashion and textiles, photography, video, illustration, graphic design and drawing.

You will: > Explore new materials and processes

in your studio practice, backed up by critical and contextual academic study

> Take part in a residential - previous trips have included Berlin, Barcelona, New York and San Francisco

> Visit regional, national and international galleries, including the Royal Albert Memorial Museum

> Build a portfolio to show off your talents and exhibit your work in the Summer Show

Your coursework will be assessed throughout the year.

Choose this course if… you have enjoyed your A Levels/Extended Diploma and want to refine your skills and establish your own artistic style.

Next steps: You could progress on to one of our Foundation Degrees here at Exeter School of Art. Many of our students go on to study at some of the UK’s leading arts universities.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you should normally have a minimum of five subjects at GCSE or above and will have completed an A Level programme or Extended Diploma in Art and Design.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will have to present a portfolio of work that demonstrates an interest in, and a curiosity about, the visual world and a desire to communicate this to a wider audience. This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the previous level.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Art and Design

Page 57: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

56Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Are you a problem solver and interested in technology? Do you have attention to fine detail and a passion for motor vehicles?

Studying industry-led automotive courses at our purpose built Technology Centre (see pages 19-20 for a map) you will gain all the practical and technical skills for a career in the automotive industry. The staff come with a wealth of experience from all aspects of industry from manufacturer to independent workshops.

Automotive.

Harrison“I chose my course because I had heard that Automotive at Exeter College was really good and it’s been a brilliant two years for me. The teachers have been fantastic, I got on really well with them all and the facilities and resources are excellent too. I would definitely recommend it.”Studying Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair IMIAL Subsidiary Diploma, Level 2Previously studied at St James School, Exeter

Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-164.

Kieran“I chose my course because I saw it as setting me up for my future – my first stepping stone for what I want to do as a career. I have found the tutors really supportive and they have helped me with guidance about what I want to move on to next. I want to be a mechanic in the Army. I would recommend Exeter College because it’s great for both the social side and opening up doors to the industry you want to work in.”Studying Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair IMIAL Level 2 Subsidiary DiplomaPreviously studied at Sidmouth Community College

56

Automotive

Page 58: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

57 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Automotive

Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light VehicleIMIAL Level 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic skills and knowledge to work on vehicles.

You will: > Learn theory and practical skills

including identification of vehicle components

> Use the latest equipment and vehicles in a realistic, industry standard environment

> Visit garages and shows > Take optional, additional courses

in hybrid and electric vehicle technology and welding

> Develop soft skills, such as communication and employer expectations, to prepare you for the industry

> Have opportunities for work experience alongside your studies

> Gain the practical skills needed to complete your functional skills and GCSE English and Maths

You must achieve all the learning outcomes for each study unit. You will be assessed by IMI practical assessments, centre devised assessment methods and IMI external testing.

Choose this course if… you have an interest in repairing vehicle components and learning how vehicles work.

Next steps: You could go on to further study, such as the Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle IMIAL Level 2 Diploma or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: We may consider other experience if you do not have these grades.

Multi-skilled Body and PaintIMIAL Level 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic skills and knowledge to work on vehicle structure and body work.

You will: > Learn theory and practical skills

including the removal of vehicle components, filler work and basic paint techniques

> Use the latest equipment and vehicles in a realistic, industry standard environment

> Visit garages and shows > Take optional additional courses

in welding > Develop soft skills, such as

communication and employer expectations, to prepare you for the industry

> Have opportunities for work experience alongside your studies

> Gain the practical skills needed to complete your functional skills and GCSE English and Maths

You must achieve all the learning outcomes for each study unit. You will be assessed by IMI practical assessments, centre devised assessment methods and IMI external testing.

Choose this course if… you have an interest in repairing vehicle body work and refinishing.

Next steps: You could go on to further study, such as the Vehicle Body Repair or Refinishing IMIAL Level 2 Diploma or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: We may consider other experience if you do not have these grades.

Vehicle Body Repair or RefinishingIMIAL Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course builds on Level 1 and further develops your knowledge of body repair or refinishing.

You will: > Learn in an innovative, purpose

built spray shop > Work on the latest vehicles and

Car-O-Liner alignment and welding equipment

> Learn skills, including fabrication and welding, removal, repair and replacement of panels and the preparation and application of paint

> Visit manufacturers and attend masterclasses

> Develop soft skills, such as communication and employer expectations, to prepare you for the industry

> Take optional, additional courses in hybrid and electric vehicle technology

> Have opportunities for work experience alongside your studies

> Gain the practical skills needed to complete your GCSE English and Maths

You must achieve all learning outcomes for each study unit. You will be assessed by IMI practical assessments, centre devised assessment methods and IMI external testing.

Choose this course if… you are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship and have a passion for repairing the structural components of vehicles.

Next steps: You could go on to study a Level 2 Vehicle Body Repair and Body Refinishing Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: We may consider other experience if you do not have these grades.

Level 1

Level 2

Level 1

Page 59: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

58Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light VehicleIMIAL Level 2 Subsidiary Duration: 1 year

This course is designed for those who would like to find a job in the light vehicle automotive industry.

You will: > Study health and safety, tools and

materials, automotive job roles, engines and related systems, vehicle transmission, vehicle electrics and chassis and associated systems

> Use the latest equipment and vehicles in a realistic, industry standard environment

> Take optional, additional courses in hybrid and electric vehicle technology

> Develop soft skills, such as communication and employer expectations, to prepare you for the industry

> Have opportunities for work experience alongside your studies

> Gain the practical skills needed to complete your GCSE English and Maths

You must achieve all learning outcomes for all units. You will be assessed by IMI practical assessments, centre devised assessment methods and IMI external testing.

Choose this course if… you are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship and have a passion for repairing, servicing and diagnosing vehicle faults.

Next steps: After studying the Subsidiary Diploma in the first year, you could progress either to the Extended Diploma for a further year or to a Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Apprenticeship. From the Extended Diploma you could progress to the BTEC Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma in Vehicle Technology or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above in relevant subjects, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: We will also consider your existing academic or vocational qualifications and experience and interest in working in the industry.

Vehicle Fitting Principles - Light VehicleIMIAL Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course is designed for those who would like to find a job in the light vehicle automotive industry.

You will: > Study health and safety, tools and

materials, automotive job roles, braking systems, chassis and associated systems

> Use the latest equipment and vehicles in a realistic, industry standard environment

> Take optional, additional courses in hybrid and electric vehicle technology

> Develop soft skills, such as communication and employer expectations, to prepare you for the industry

> Have opportunities for work experience alongside your studies

> Gain the practical skills needed to complete your GCSE English and Maths

You must achieve all learning outcomes for all units. You will be assessed by IMI practical assessments, centre devised assessment methods and IMI external testing.

Choose this course if… you are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship or a full time Subsidiary Diploma and have a passion for replacing vehicle systems.

Next steps: You could progress either to the Subsidiary Diploma for a further year or to a Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English Language and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: We will also consider your existing academic or vocational qualifications and experience and interest in working in the industry.

Level 2

Level 2

58

Page 60: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

59

Business

Studying Business courses can open the door to a huge range of careers. We offer a grounding in Business Management and from this students can pursue career pathways in finance/accounting, marketing/sales and leadership and management. These courses are based at Victoria House on Queen Street, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Business.

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for these icons in the course information

For information about what your timetable might

look like see page 8.

Page 61: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-164.

60

Harry “I chose my course because I already had an interest in Business and wanted to pursue it further. My main achievement at Exeter College has been achieving three Distinction Stars at the end of the year. I have really enjoyed college life – in particular I enjoy meeting new people and the college allows you to do that. I am looking forward to going into full time employment after my studies.”

Studying Business 90 Credit BTEC Diploma, Level 3 Previously studied at Great Torrington School

Page 62: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

61 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

BusinessBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

Your interest in gaining a job in business will enable you to make the most of this vocational course, which provides an excellent introduction to business.

You will: > Use practical skills, communication

and team working skills to increase your business knowledge

> Learn about businesses in our local area, how to communicate with customers, how to brand a product and how to create effective business presentations

> Gain one week’s work experience > Improve your transferable ICT,

English and Maths skills > Understand and develop the skills

and qualities necessary to work in this industry

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework and will need to sit tests for your English and Maths.

Choose this course if… you want to develop a range of skills you can use in the business sector or progress to further study.

Next steps: On completion of this course, you can progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the business industry is really important.

This course takes place at the Ted Wragg Building, see page 19-20 for a map.

BusinessBTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This course equips you with a wide range of practical skills and prepares you for a career in a business.

You will: > Study topics such as enterprise

in the business world and finance for business

> Learn about the principles of marketing and customer service

> Find out what it takes to build successful business teams

> Take part in work experience and business visits, as well as initiatives such as interview preparation and role plays

Assessment is by assignments, external examinations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you are looking to gain knowledge in different aspects of business, with a keen ambition to work in a business environment.

Next steps: You could go on to study a Level 3 course such as the Level 3 Extended Diploma in Business. Or you could apply for an Apprenticeship or go into employment in an administration/business related role.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths (or Functional Skills English and Maths at Level 1). If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in a business related career such as personal assistant or medical secretary, retail or finance.

Level 1

Level 2

Business

George“At college I was able to meet local business leaders who spurred me on to take the risk and go for it. My course gave me the right tools so I could take them forward into the real world.”

George now runs his own company, Ideal First Car, and recently won a prestigious new innovation award at the Ideas Mean Business Awards

Page 63: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

62Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

BusinessA/AS Level Duration: 2 years

This course offers a good introduction to your career in business. Students will study business in a variety of contexts (for example, large/small, UK focused/global, service/manufacturing).

You will: > Study units such as managers,

leadership and decision making, marketing, operations, finance and human resources

> Consider how established businesses might improve their effectiveness

> Look at the business environment, strategies for success and managing change

> Study in small groups and individually as well as attending lectures

> Have opportunities to take part in business challenge competitions

Assessment is by examination at the end of the course. There is no coursework option.

Choose this course if… you prefer theoretical study to practical study, want to go on to further studies or gain employment which includes team leading or management.

Next steps: This course prepares you for further academic study at university level, including courses such as the Business Higher National Diploma (HND) at Exeter College. You could also progress into a career in business and management or launch your own business.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must enjoy reading and Maths, following business developments and thinking critically about contemporary business issues. If you enter the course with a grade 4 in Maths you will be required to attend additional sessions in core mathematical skills for business.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with Maths, English Language, Sociology and Modern Foreign Languages.

BusinessBTEC Level 3 Certificate/ Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years

A practical, work related course, providing both a grounding in business education and a firm basis for specialising in a selected avenue of business activity. This certificate needs to be completed in year 1. This course is aimed at students wanting to study more than one subject area and you will combine this course with two A Levels.

You will: > Study the business environment

and resources, as well as learning about marketing, finance, human resource management and business communication

> Learn by completing projects and assignments that are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands

> Have the opportunity to go on day trips and meet visiting speakers

Assessment is by assignments, external examinations, observation and written work. An overall grade for the qualification is awarded to all learners who successfully complete all units. The individual units are graded with pass, merit or distinction and these, when added together at the end of the year, relate to the overall grade of pass, merit, distinction or distinction*.

Choose this course if… you are wanting to develop your business knowledge, skills and experience to kick start a business-related career via university level courses or an Apprenticeship.

Next steps: When combined with other Level 3 courses, students may choose to progress on to the Business Higher National Diploma (HND) at Exeter College. You can progress from the Level 3 Certificate to the Level 3 Extended Certificate. You could go on to a career in business specialisms such as finance, human resources, management or marketing.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

This course can be combined with A Levels (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme.

BusinessBTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This full time course will help you forge a career in business specialisms such as finance, human resources, management, retail or marketing. In the second year, you will have the opportunity to study a specialist pathway in either marketing and sales, finance and accounting or leadership and management.

You will: > Study the business environment

and business resources, as well as learning about marketing, finance, human resource management and business communication

> Have the opportunity to complete work experience with organisations, including John Lewis and Waitrose or the University of Exeter

> Benefit from the college’s links with partner organisations in finance and human resource management

> Learn from guest speakers and external visits

Assessment is by assignments, external examinations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you are wanting to develop your business knowledge, skills and experience to kick start a business-related career via university level courses or an Apprenticeship.

Next steps: You will be able to progress to study business based university level courses, such as the Business Higher National diploma (HND) at Exeter College. All students work on a variety of vocational tasks that will prepare you for higher education courses or employment. Alternatively, you may decide to take professional qualifications or apply for management training positions.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent BTEC Level 2 course.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Page 64: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

63 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Construction and the Built Environment

Keen to train for one of the UK’s largest industries?We offer a range of courses suited to the needs of local employers and young people looking to gain valuable industry knowledge, experience and skills. If you want to develop your skills in a dedicated, purposeful environment at our Construction Centre in Sowton then come and visit our facilities and meet our dedicated, industry specific staff.

Constructionand the BuiltEnvironment.

Alice“I chose my course because I have always enjoyed fixing things so I ended up taking a Plumbing course at college and enjoyed every minute – I just knew I wanted to work in construction. I enjoy the practical side of my course the most because it’s how I learn best.

I hope to go on to an Apprenticeship with a plumbing company next, because I love plumbing and want to further my skills. I have found the college environment really good and the staff very supportive – they’ve helped me with everything I needed.”Studying Plumbing Level 1 Diploma Previously studied at St Luke’s Science and Sports College, Exeter

Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-164.

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

Look out for this icon in the course information

63

Page 65: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

64Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

BrickworkLevel 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic knowledge and skills you need for a career in brickwork.

You will: > Study safe construction practices and

building methods > Undertake blockwork, bricklaying

and cavity walling in our spacious brick workshops, supported by some formal classroom sessions

> Learn employability skills expected by employers

> Gain additional qualifications in English and Maths

> Benefit from strong industry links, guest speakers, site visits and the potential for work experience

Assessment is by a combination of written and practical tests and online exams. Success rates are excellent.

Choose this course if… you enjoy being outdoors, working as part of a team and are self-motivated. Also, it is a great choice if you want to develop your skills and to progress into the construction industry as a bricklayer.

Next steps: On completion, you could progress to the Level 2 Standard as a bricklayer.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: If you do not have these grades you may still be able to study this course, subject to an interview with a course specialist. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

Carpentry and JoineryLevel 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic knowledge and skills you need for a career in carpentry and joinery.

You will: > Learn about safe working practices,

building methods and construction technology

> Produce basic woodworking joints in our fully equipped workshops

> Know how to use and maintain carpentry tools

> Carry out a series of practical training exercises

> Focus on transferable skills such as English and Maths

Assessment is by a combination of written and practical tests and online exams. Success rates are excellent.

Choose this course if… you enjoy working with wood, working as part of a team and are self-motivated. Also, this course is a great choice if you want to develop your skills and to progress into the carpentry and joinery trade.

Next steps: On completion, you could progress to the Level 2 Standard as a bench joiner or site carpenter.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: If you do not have these grades you may still be able to study this course, subject to an interview with a course specialist. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

Painting and DecoratingLevel 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic knowledge and skills you need for a career in painting and decorating.

You will: > Learn how to work safely, including

erecting and dismantling working platforms

> Work mainly in our well-equipped, modern workshops and resource centre

> Prepare surfaces for decoration > Paint with brushes and rollers,

apply foundation and plain papers and produce specialist, decorative finishes

> Hear from guest speakers and go on site visits

> Undertake practical training exercises

Assessment is by a combination of written and practical tests and online exams. Success rates are excellent.

Choose this course if… you enjoy working to a high standard, have an eye for detail as well as being creative and want to develop your skills and to progress into the painting and decorating trade.

Next steps: On completion, you could progress to the Level 2 Standard as a painter and decorator.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: If you do not have these grades you may still be able to study this course, subject to an interview with a course specialist. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

Level 1

Level 1

Level 1

Page 66: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

65 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Construction and the Built Environment

Electrical InstallationLevel 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This real world course prepares you to work effectively and safely in an electrotechnical environment and is ideal for anyone who wants to become a fully qualified electrician.

You will: > Study a range of units around the

technology and installation of electricity

> Learn safe working practices through a combination of practical work, in our fully equipped electrical workshop and classroom

> Hear from guest speakers from the industry

> Attend the largest electrical show in the West Country

Assessment is through a combination of online exams and practical exercises.

Choose this course if… you would like to learn about the installation and maintenance of electrical wiring systems in our homes, businesses, and factories.

Next steps: On completion, you could progress either onto the full time Level 3 course or gain employment and study the Level 3 Standard training to become a qualified electrician.

Standard entry requirements: You need three GCSEs at grade 5 or above, including English Language and Maths.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 in Science. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

PlumbingLevel 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic knowledge and skills you need for a career in plumbing.

You will: > Learn key plumbing principles

and develop hands on skills and techniques

> Build your confidence and competence in plumbing techniques

> Work in purpose built and fully equipped plumbing workshops

> Develop your transferable skills in English and Maths

> Benefit from strong industry links, guest speakers, site visits and the potential for work experience

Assessment is by a combination of written and practical tests and online exams. Success rates are excellent.

Choose this course if… you want to learn new skills, gain an understanding of plumbing and be able to progress on within the trade.

Next steps: Progression can either be onto the full time Level 2 Plumbing course or gain employment and follow the Apprenticeship route.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: As the main progression route is to an Apprenticeship or Level 2 course, higher GCSE results would be a distinct advantage. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

Level 1

Level 2

Did you know? Studying these courses you will benefit from strong industry links, site visits and a range of guest speakers.

Construction SkillsLevel 1 Award/Certificate/DiplomaDuration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic knowledge and skills you need for a career as a general builder.

You will: > Learn basic plumbing, carpentry,

Tiling, plastering, bricklaying and decorating principles and develop hands on skills and techniques.

> Work in our well-equipped, modern workshops and resource centre

> Develop your transferable skills in English and Maths

> Benefit from strong industry links, guest speakers, site visits and the potential for work experience

Assessment is by a combination of written and practical tests and online exams. Success rates are excellent.

Choose this course if… you want to learn new skills and gain an understanding of the wider construction industry.

Next steps: You could go on to seek employment or follow an Apprenticeship in a chosen field of your choice within the construction industry.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: As the main progression route is to an Apprenticeship or Level 2 course, higher GCSE results would be a distinct advantage. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

Level 1

Page 67: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

66Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 66

Tom“I decided to enrol on the course because it involved all the subjects I previously enjoyed at school and I have a keen interest in construction. The course programme runs on a three day a week schedule allowing time to undertake an industry placement, enhancing and developing knowledge and skills relating back to classroom learning.

I have undertaken an industry placement at a multi-disciplinary design construction consultancy involving a variety of sectors including architecture, building surveying, quantity surveying and civil and structural engineering. I have found being on an industry placement helped me to develop my confidence in the work environment.”Studying Construction and The Built Environment BTEC Subsidiary Diploma/Extended Diploma, Level 3Previously studied at Uffculme School

Page 68: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

67 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Construction and the Built Environment

PlumbingLevel 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

You can be sure of meeting industry standards for basic plumbing if you study this course. It builds on Level 1 to cover all the essential foundation skills as you work towards becoming a fully qualified plumber.

You will: > Gain a good grounding for

progression to a higher level course or starting work

> Cover domestic water systems and piping, soldering and health and safety

> Work in our fully equipped training workshop

> Learn from site visits and guest speakers

You will be assessed through online exams and practical exercises.

Choose this course if… you want to develop the skills you learnt at Level 1, such as installing piping for water and drainage and fitting bathrooms. You will also progress towards an Apprenticeship.

Next steps: You could progress to further study in construction or an Apprenticeship which includes day release at college.

Standard entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the Level 1 Diploma in Plumbing, achieved a high attendance rate and have successfully achieved functional skills targets.

Construction and the Built EnvironmentBTEC Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 1-2 years

This programme is aimed at a professional role within the construction industry and gives you a nationally recognised qualification and a broad choice of career routes into construction or civil engineering.

You will:> Study subjects including sustainable

construction, project management, science and materials, health and safety, Computer Aided Design (CAD), surveying and property valuation

> Carry out practical work associated with surveying and setting out buildings

> Use the latest surveying equipment and AutoCAD packages

> Undertake site visits to construction and civil engineering projects

Assessment is by assignments and externally set projects.

Choose this course if… you have a good understanding of maths and science, and would like an introduction into the construction and civil engineering industry.

Next steps: You could go on to study at university level, for example, progressing to a Construction or Civil Engineering Higher National Certificate (HNC) at Exeter College.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 in Science.

Level 2

Level 3

Have you considered our

Apprenticeship options? See pages

145-164 for full information.

See pages 41-42 for more

information about T Levels.

This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their knowledge and understanding of Construction and the built environment. The T Level has an emphasis on ‘real’ industry experience and is equivalent to three A Levels.

You will: > Study a core content that will

develop your knowledge of concepts, theories and core skills relevant to construction and the built environment industry. You will learn about design, health and safety, sustainability, building technology, law and relationship management

> Study specialist occupationally specific content, for example, in surveying and design and/or civil engineering

> Undertake an industry placement with an employer to develop skills and behaviours. Your placement will last for a minimum of 315 hours

> Develop your English, Maths and digital skills as appropriate for the occupation

You will be assessed through external assessments, practical assignments and an employer set project.

Choose this course if… you have a good understanding of Maths and Science and a keen interest in the construction and civil engineering sectors, especially around design, surveying and planning. It is also a good opportunity to undertake industry placements with our industry partners.

Next steps: You can progress directly into skilled employment, further and higher education and onto an Apprenticeship relevant to the T Level.

Standard entry requirements: You will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths). Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent). 

Construction: Design, Surveying and Planning T LevelDuration: 2 years

Level 3

Page 69: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Dance, Drama, Performing Arts and Production

Whether you are a passionate dancer, actor or musical theatre performer interested and dedicated to the performing arts, our wide range of courses are perfect for you. You’ll get the opportunity to work in specialist studios and a professional theatre, as well as our fantastic new dance studio.

You will also have the opportunity to experience working and performing in professional venues within the city centre. We currently use Exeter

Dance, Drama, Performing Arts and Production.

Alanta“The full time course suited me as it helped me to understand the commitment and determination that I would need within the dance industry. I was given the chance to experiment with various styles of dance. I enjoyed the independence that college gave me, as it enabled me to set my own pace and feel proud of the work that I achieved independently. We also received a lot of support.

I am now at the University of East London studying Urban Dance. I have studied a whole new range of dance styles, developed management skills relating to both performing and organising performances and worked with professional dancers.”Studied Performing Arts (Dance) BTEC Extended Diploma, Level 3 Previously studied at Dawlish College

Did you know? Exeter College has its very own Performing Arts Academy and Extend Dance programmes. See pages 45-48 for details.

68

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for this icon in the course information

Phoenix, the Barnfield Theatre and Theatre Alibi’s rehearsal space, Emmanuel Hall. The Performing Arts and Dance courses are based in the Centre for Creative Industries (CCI), see pages 19-20 for the map.

Page 70: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

69 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Performing and Production Arts UAL Level 2 DiplomaDuration: 1 Year

This qualification provides an introduction to performance, production and design for the performing arts, enabling you to acquire the essential skills, techniques and methods to progress in further education or employment within the performing arts industry.

You will:> Develop the skills required to communicate through

drama, story and narrative> Plan and organise a theatre production> Stage performing arts events to live audiences> Build a website, track your learning digitally and

communicate with a global audience> Explore of a range of progression opportunities and routes> Acquire organisational and communication skills such as

calendar management, collaborating as part of a team, analytical ability, creative problem solving and meeting deadlines. These sustainable skills are transferable across all subject areas, are highly valued in the job market and will boost the desirability of your CV in the job market and application to a Level 3 qualification

This course does not involve formal exams. All assessment is carried out as coursework both practical and written. There is a continuous assignment assessment process, involving practical and written work. Grades awarded for each assignment go towards a final grade for each unit.

Choose this course if… you want to start your professional practice and gain real world experience as part of a performing arts company.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you can progress to a Level 3 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Four GCSEs at grade 3 or above or equivalent. GCSE English Language is desirable, however both English and Maths GCSE can be achieved as part of this programme of study.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Present an audition piece and take part in a workshop as part of the selection process.

Dance, Drama, Performing Arts and Production

Level 2

Level 1Expressive Arts

BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course offers you a broad-based introduction into Art, Design and Performing Arts. If working within these fields appeals, this vocational course will be a good choice for you. It will help you develop the basic skills, knowledge and qualities you need to progress.

You will:> Learn different ways of using various 2D art materials> Develop your practical creative skills> Take part in theatre trips> Be able to go on a week’s work experience> Improve your ability in English and Maths> Learn how to create your own storyboard and script based

on a play you have seen> Work with others in a team to showcase your arts or

performing arts skills> Plan and market an exhibition of your work - either art or

performing arts based

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for English and Maths.

Choose this course if... you want to develop the skills to go onto a course that will lead you into the Art or Performing Arts industry. This course is also a great choice if you want to develop your confidence and ability to work with others in a practical environment.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in Art or Performing Arts is important.

69

Page 71: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

70Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Performing and Production Arts (Acting)UAL Level 3 Diploma/Extended DiplomaDuration: 2 years

This full time vocational course delivers training and experience that prepares actors for rehearsal and performance whilst developing employability skills. You will be given the opportunity to acquire the skills and techniques necessary to bring characters to life and communicate their stories. Working as a successful member of a company, you get to work in rehearsal and performance spaces across the city with industry professionals.

You will:> Explore a range of acting styles, practitioners, writers,

directors and live performances> Improve acting technique for stage, camera and radio> Participate in vocal, movement and textual analysis

workshops > Create a personal website and digital marketing materials> Develop interpersonal and other transferable skills to

enhance your employability

This course does not involve formal exams. All assessment is carried out as coursework, both practical and written. There is a continuous assignment assessment process, involving practical and written work. Grades awarded for each assignment go towards a final grade for each unit.

Choose this course if… you aspire to a career in the industry, are able to work collaboratively, have an open mind and are willing to take risks. Previous students have progressed on to courses at Italia Conti, ALRA, East 15, New York Conservatory, Mountview, Plymouth Conservatoire, Exeter, St Mary’s, Chichester and Bournemouth Universities.

Next steps: You could progress to university or drama school.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Successful candidates after interview will be invited to audition for a place upon the course.

Performing and Production Arts (Musical Theatre) UAL Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This full time vocational course delivers training and experience that prepares students for rehearsal and performance whilst developing employability skills. You will be given the opportunity to acquire the skills and techniques across the three disciplines of acting, dancing and singing necessary to bring characters to life and communicate their stories. Working as a successful member of a company, you will work in rehearsal and performance spaces across the city with industry professionals. 

You will: > Explore a range of Musical Theatre styles, practitioners,

composers, lyricists, choreographers, directors and live performances 

> Improve technique for acting, dancing and singing > Participate in workshops and performances    > Create a personal website and digital marketing materials > Develop interpersonal and other transferable skills to

enhance your employability

This course does not involve formal exams, all assessment is carried out as coursework, both practical and written. There is a continuous assignment assessment process involving practical and written work. Grades awarded for each assignment go towards a final grade for each unit. 

Choose this course if… you aspire to a career in the industry, are able to work collaboratively, have an open mind, are willing to take risks and have a passion and curiosity about Musical Theatre performance. Previous students have progressed on to courses at Urdang, Italia Conti, GSA, Laines, Performers, Bird, Bodyworks, Hammond, Emil Dale, Millennium, Trinity, Chichester, Bath Spa and Winchester Universities.

Next steps: You could progress to university or drama school.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Successful candidates after interview will be invited to audition for a place upon the course. 

Level 3

Level 3

We have a fantastic new specialist sprung dance studio which opened in Summer 2019!

Page 72: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

71 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Dance, Drama, Performing Arts and Production

DanceUAL Level 3 Diploma/Extended DiplomaDuration: 2 years

This full time vocational dance course focuses specifically on developing your dance technique, performance and choreographic skills in order to become a diverse, industry- aware dancer.

You will:> Broaden your knowledge and understanding of a range of

dance styles through regular technique classes> Perform a diverse range of work in front of live audiences,

in both the college theatre and theatre/dance venues in Exeter

> Be taught by and gain practical experience with professional dancers and companies

> Learn how to choreograph your own dance work> Gain thorough insight into the practical rigours of

training through a variety of fitness training sessions to complement dance technique and performance

> Prepare for higher education or conservatoire dance courses through access to practical workshops with universities and conservatoires

> Gain real insight and experience of the dance industry through creative partnerships with current dance agencies and companies in the region

This course does not involve formal exams. All assessments is carried out as coursework, both practical and written. There is a continuous assignment assessment process, involving practical and written work. Grades awarded for each assignment go towards a final grade for each unit. Students are encouraged to enhance their understanding of dance through private dance classes/singing lessons/acting lessons.

Choose this course if... you are passionate about dance and wish to pursue a career in the industry. Previous students have progressed onto dance conservatoires including: MAPPA, London Contemporary Dance School, Trinity Laban, Northern School of Contemporary Dance, Performers, Tiffanys, Rambert, Urdang, Barcelona Institute of Performing Arts, Bird College, Stella Mann and Cambridge Bodyworks.

Next steps: You can progress into higher education at a dance conservatoire, university or musical theatre school.

Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent (including English Language and Maths). If you don’t have a grade 4 in English Language or Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Previous dance training/experience is essential. You will be invited to an experience day prior to enrolment.

Level 3

Page 73: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

72Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

DanceBTEC Level 3 National/Extended CertificateDuration: 2 years

This course is perfect for you if you are serious about studying dance, whilst enabling you to have the choice of a combination of other A Levels/BTEC courses.

You will:> Take weekly technique classes in a variety of styles> Develop skills in repertory and choreography, leading to

public performances> Explore a range of choreographers and their works through

theory and practical tasks

You will take two units in the first year and two units in the second year. Each year one unit is externally assessed and one unit is internally assessed.

Choose this course if… you want to keep your options open and want the opportunity to study it alongside other subjects.

Next steps: You could go on to study dance at university or a dance conservatoire. You could also study dance at higher education level in combination with another subject.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths). 

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Previous dance experience is essential.

Drama and Theatre A/AS Level Duration: 2 years

This course is ideal for creative students who want to study and make theatre for a contemporary audience. It combines theoretical and practical work on plays and practitioners.

You will: > Study five plays over the two year course > Explore the techniques and practices of theatre > Enjoy writing about theatre, whether in response to reading

plays or seeing performances > Attend a wide variety of performances and workshops > Rehearse, develop and perform extracts of published plays

and your own devised material > Develop transferable skills such as communication, public

speaking, teamwork, negotiation, creativity and leadership skills

Assessment is by practical performance and written coursework (60%) and written examination (40%).

Choose this course if… you want to use theatre to say something about the world, you enjoy debating issues and ideas and you enjoy reading plays, writing about them and performing them.

Next steps: You could progress to university, drama school or an Apprenticeship. There are many transferable skills gained through studying drama that are suitable to a wide range of careers. This could include jobs in marketing, education, project management, the caring professions and the social sciences, as well as work within the theatre and creative industries.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (to include English Language and Maths).

Subject specific requirements: GCSE Drama is helpful, but not essential. You must be able to write an essay and work effectively in a group. Seeing live theatre should be something that you enjoy doing regularly.

This course can be combined (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any subject, but particularly works well with Art or Media based subjects and English and Humanities courses, particularly English Literature.

Level 3

Level 3

UAL Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma Performing Arts students recently performed their own adaptation of ‘A Midsummer Night’s Dream’ at the Barnfield Theatre.

Page 74: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

73 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Engineering and Aerospace

Our engineering students benefit from all the latest industry standard equipment in workshops, developing all the skills they need to work in an exciting and dynamic industry. These courses take place at our fantastic purpose-built Technology Centre. See pages 19-20 for maps and visit our website for more information about the academy.

Engineeringand Aerospace.

Haroon “I chose my course because it was the right course for me to progress on to university, as universities were looking for more practical experience and my course provides that – working on lathes, milling machines and drills. Exeter College provides great teaching as well as equipment, the small class sizes mean that the teachers have more time to focus on you and support you.”Studying Engineering BTEC National Extended Diploma, Level 3 Previously studied at St James School, Exeter

Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-164.

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

Look out for this icon in the course information

Did you know? Exeter College has recently opened a world class multi-million pound centre of excellence for robotics, industrial automation, advanced manufacturing and virtual welding. Find out more on page 15.

73

Page 75: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

74Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

EngineeringLevel 3 Extended Certificate/Foundation Diploma/Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration per course: 1 year

This challenging, academic and work- related diploma course prepares you for entry to employment or university level education. On completion of the Extended Certificate or Foundation Diploma you could progress on to the Diploma or Extended Diploma or an Apprenticeship.

You will: > Develop your specialist skills,

knowledge and understanding of engineering principles, problems and solutions

> Study mechanical as well as electrical and electronic engineering units

> Carry out controlled practical work in our fully equipped workshops and laboratories

> Develop skills valued by employers, such as Maths, Communication and Computer Aided Design (CAD)

> Attend masterclasses from industry experts and visit manufacturing sites

> Choose additional courses in CNC and study Robotics Programming in our new state of the art Advanced Manufacturing and Industrial Automation facility

Assessment is by internally or externally set coursework or examinations.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for engineering with a progression plan to university or an Apprenticeship.

Next steps: After successful completion of the Extended Diploma you will be qualified to work as an engineering technician or you may choose to progress to university level study. Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Manufacturing Engineering or Mechanical Engineering HNC can be studied at Exeter College. Alternatively, you could begin an Apprenticeship with an employer.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 5 in Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 4 or above in Science, Double Science or Physics.

Aeronautical EngineeringLevel 3 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

With shared resource links to the Training Academy, this full time course is for students with a passion for Aeronautical Engineering.

You will: > Gain theoretical and practical

competencies in all aspects of aircraft engineering maintenance and repair

> Complete a Level 3 Extended Certificate in Engineering

> Study at the new Technology Centre in your first year, with the potential to progress to the Training Academy at Exeter Airport

> Attain the skills and knowledge to prepare you for a career that has great potential to earn a very competitive salary

The course consists of six units, two of which are externally assessed through online tests, the remaining four are assessed through written assignment completion.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for aeronautical engineering and are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship or on to a Diploma in Engineering.

Next steps: You could progress on to the Diploma in Engineering at Exeter College. Completion of these courses can lead to either a Foundation Degree or HNC.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 4 or above in Science, Double Science or Physics. You need a passion for learning and a keen interest in a hands on engineering career.

EngineeringLevel 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

If you intend to pursue a career in engineering, this course provides the theory and practical skills you will need at the start of your journey.

You will: > Study mechanical and electrical

engineering > Learn how to work safely and how

to use and interpret engineering information

> Develop your Maths, Computer Aided Design (CAD) and Engineering Science skills

> Carry out controlled practical work in our fully equipped workshops and laboratories

> Use state of the art CNC and CAD equipment

> Attend masterclasses from industry experts and visit manufacturing sites

> Choose additional courses in CNC Programming

Assessment is by assignments, external examinations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for engineering but are undecided on your career pathway.

Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in Engineering, an Apprenticeship or employment in a related subject.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 3 in Science. You should also have an interest in engineering as a career.

Level 3

Level 2

Level 3

Page 76: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

75 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Engineering and Aerospace

Aeronautical EngineeringDiploma Level 3 Duration: 1 year

With shared resource links to the Training Academy, this full time course is for students with a passion for Aeronautical Engineering.

You will: > Gain theoretical and practical

competencies in all aspects of aircraft engineering maintenance and repair

> Complete a Level 3 Extended Diploma in Engineering

> Study at the new Technology Centre in your first year, with the potential to progress to the Training Academy at Exeter Airport

> Attain the skills and knowledge to prepare you for a career that has great potential to earn a very competitive salary

The course consists of six units, two of which are externally assessed through online tests, the remaining four are assessed through written assignment completion.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for aeronautical engineering and are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship or on to a Diploma in Engineering.

Next steps: Completion of this courses can lead to either a Foundation Degree or HNC.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 4 or above in Science, Double Science or Physics. You need a passion for learning and a keen interest in a hands on engineering career.

Level 3

Our new robotics workshop is the largest of its kind in the Further Education and Higher Education sector in Europe.

Page 77: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

76Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Are you interested in the power of language and the human imagination? Do you enjoy exploring the communication of ideas and the search for meaning?

Perhaps you would like to develop your skills further in understanding and using the written word - whatever your interests, we have a course to suit you.

EnglishLanguage andLiterature.

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for these icons in the course information

English Language and Literature

76

These courses are based at our Hele Road site. See pages 19-20 for the map.

Deanna"Exeter College has been really good, it's been a step up for me in terms of independence and all my tutors have been really supportive. My subjects worked really well together - I found Drama to be a nice balance in terms of studying a non academic subject and it did support English, for example, in terms of analysing plays. All my A Levels had elements that complemented each other. I am really pleased with my results and I'm looking forward to studying Law at Cambridge next year."

Studied English Literature, Drama and Theatre and Law A LevelsPreviously studied at Okehampton College

Page 78: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

77 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

English LiteratureA Level Duration: 2 years

Reading is to the mind what exercise is to the body, therefore this course offers you a full workout. Exploring ideas of what it means to be human from some of the greatest writers to have ever lived, you will be enthralled, challenged and have your imagination energised for good.

You will: > Study a wide variety of texts, covering

the major literary genres of poetry, prose and drama

> Read a range of literature by a variety of authors in different historical periods, considering how the historical, social and literary context can illuminate writers’ ideas

> Consider the use of structure, form and language in texts

> Enhance your techniques of analysis, evaluation and comparison

> Develop your ability to research and follow a reasoned argument

> Have the chance to attend theatre trips, author talks and events

Assessment will be through external examination and a small component of non-exam assessment.

Choose this course if… you enjoy the thrill of a great book and are prepared to share your ideas, as well as have them challenged by others.

Next steps: You could go on to university level education, and/or a range of careers. English Literature is highly regarded by universities as one of the select number of ‘facilitating’ subjects most desired by competitive institutions.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with Humanities and arts subjects.

English LanguageAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course focuses on sociolinguistics which means that we will study and analyse the ways in which society and language influence one another. This could be in the form of key concepts and issues such as power or gender, or looking at how children learn to talk, read and write.

You will: > Gain an in depth understanding of

how language is constructed > Develop creative skills and expertise

as a writer, experimenting with different styles

> Explore how language varies and changes over time

> Develop transferable skills relating to the interpretation and analysis of different types of communication

> Study how language develops from childhood

> Explore language related issues, such as global English, gender identity, power, journalism and regional language variation

Assessment will be through external examination and a small component of non-exam assessment in the second year.

Choose this course if… you are interested in popular culture, current affairs and the development of the English language in society. It is also appropriate if you are interested in discussion, debate and creative writing.

Next steps: You could go on to university level education, and/or a range of careers.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: It will be possible to discuss the differences in the content of this course compared with GCSE at interview.

This course can be combined with most other courses (see pages 43-44) and goes well with Modern Foreign Languages and Humanities based subjects.

Classical CivilisationAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This wide ranging course is for you if you are interested in the culture and society of Graeco-Roman antiquity and its impact upon the modern world.

You will: > Cover Greek and Roman philosophy,

religion, politics, historical context, culture and society from the Bronze Age to late antiquity

> Learn about the founding of modern civilisation through studying the literature, culture and thought of the Graeco-Roman world

> Be taught by research active specialists with links to the University of Exeter and to the wider academic community

You will be examined by written examination through essays and textual analysis. There are two examinations for AS and two for A Level.

Choose this course if… you like reading, history, drama, discussion/debating.

Next steps: This course will enhance your knowledge and understanding of the classics and enable you to gain points for entry into university level education. This subject is highly regarded by both universities and employers.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including Maths, and English Language at grade 6.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Alternatively, a grade 6 in GCSE history where a grade 6 in English GCSE is not held. You do not need knowledge of either Greek or Latin, although there will be an opportunity to learn some of the basics of these languages.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with English Literature, History, Philosophy and Politics.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

English Language and Literature

Page 79: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

78Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Foundation Learning and Support

We pride ourselves on our excellent support and a range of specialist programmes from Entry Level to Level 2 allow us to cater for all learners’ needs. We help build your confidence, self-esteem, social skills and functional skills to help you achieve qualifications suitable for your ability. We ensure all students participate fully and equally and make necessary reasonable adjustments to allow you to reach your true potential and gain the most from your experience here at Exeter College. We are really proud of how our students progress either within the college or on to other local colleges, Apprenticeships or employment. You will always have full support in and out of the classroom, with at least one support worker present, and there is always someone available for support in between lessons, for example, during lunchtimes and break times. The purpose-built Ted Wragg building has bright, spacious classrooms, a fully equipped kitchen, IT suite, furnished flat to train independent living and easy access to the building and all floors. We have a Work Inspiration Team to help you on your path to employment. See pages 19-20 for the locations map.

Our Entry and Level 1 courses are designed to help you to progress to: > A full Level 2 qualification > Skilled work or an Apprenticeship > Independent living or supported employment > GCSEs or other similar level courses

Courses have an emphasis on developing the practical and work-based skills that you use in the workplace. Practical work in specialist facilities, both at college and/or in work placements, will support you to develop the skills employers want. You will also improve your self-confidence and communication skills throughout your course as you develop your knowledge and understanding.

FoundationLearning andSupport.

Please note, many of Exeter College’s Level 1 courses are based in the Foundation Learning and Support Faculty, however we do offer some in other faculties at Exeter College. Please see below for the full listing of the Level 1 courses we offer and where to find them in this guide.

Do you want to work in or learn about? > Brickwork 64 > Business 61, 81 > Caring for Children 92 > Carpentry and Joinery 64 > Catering Craft (and Food Service) 97 > Construction Skills 65 > Digital Media 81, 121 > Expressive Arts 51, 81 > Health and Social Care 82, 94 > Hospitality and Tourism 82, 142 > Hospitality and Tourism 82, 142 > Independence Gateway 80 > Information Technology 82, 106 > Introduction to the Hair Beauty Sector 87 > Multi-skilled Body and Paint 57 > Painting and Decorating 64 > Plumbing 65 > Progression Gateway 80 > Public Services 83, 93 > Skills Gateway 80 > Sport (Outdoor Adventure) 83, 135 > Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle 57

You can also find out about Prince’s Trust (Level 1), Work Skills Plus and Positive Pathways course programmes on page 46.

For other options to get you started

see page 46.

Page 80: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

79 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Foundation Learning and Support

Rhea“I have very much enjoyed college life, it’s been an experience of a lifetime. My main achievements have been my final grades (three 8s and one 9) and making an amazing bunch of friends! The college environment is very safe and friendly. Everyone is very helpful and the support provided to students is tremendous. The staff work really hard to make this a pleasant and a memorable experience for everyone. Exeter College provides opportunities for every single student to bloom and prosper like no other. I intend to do an Access to Higher Education Course in Science because I am really looking forward to pursuing a Degree in Science.”

Studying Fast Track GCSE Previously studied in India

79

GCSE Fast TrackLevel 2/GCSE Duration: 1 year

This course is unique in the UK because it enables you to gain four GCSEs in a year. You will study three mandatory subjects and will be able to choose a fourth subject.

You will: > Have an individual timetable based

on mandatory GCSEs in English, Maths and Sociology or Biology (if you currently have a grade 3 in Science) plus one other GCSE

> Choose one option from the following: GCSE Art, Citizenship or Religious Studies

> Have a personal tutor with weekly tutor group sessions

> Receive preparation for progression on to Level 3 programmes

> Complete a week’s work experience after your final exams.

Assessment is a mixture of presentations, practical work and final examinations in May and June.

Choose this course if... you want to take your GCSEs or improve your current GCSE grades to enable you to progress on to a Level 3 course.

Next steps: Most students progress to AS Levels or Vocational Level 3 programmes within Exeter College, in subjects ranging from Catering to Classical Civilisation. Some students have progressed on to Apprenticeships and some have gone on to full time employment. As part of your tutorial programme, attention is given to employability skills and progression skills and progression which will link directly to your work placement. You will be supported with transition.

Entry requirements: Entry is by personal interview with a member of the GCSE Fast Track team. You need to have been working towards GCSE level qualifications or have a grade 3 or 4 in English Language and/or Maths. There will be pre-course assessments to check your current level.

This course takes place at the Hele Road site, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Level 2

79

Page 81: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

80Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Entry Level Skills Gateway

Entry Level 3Duration: 1 year

This motivational, entry level programme is a stepping stone towards further courses available at college, training or employment.

You will:> Have a personal tutor who will help

you with your personal, emotional and social development and you will be set targets based on what you want and need to focus on

> Undertake a range of community based practical activities to help you build on both social and employability skills

> Improve your English and Maths skills

> Undertake work experience in an area of your interest

Assessment is continuous. You will produce a portfolio of work by the year end.

Choose this course if... you are unsure of what vocational area you want to move into. If you find working in the classroom challenging, this course will give you a chance to work both inside and outside of the classroom and build on practical skills.

Next steps: You could progress within college to the Progression Gateway or one of the wide range of Level 1 courses available. Level 2 programmes or the supported Internship are also available. You may also seek employment or an Apprenticeship.

Entry requirements: There are no formal entry requirements. Students just need enthusiasm, commitment and a desire to succeed. All applicants are interviewed by a course tutor. Taster days will allow you to gain an insight into this course, these run throughout the year.

This course takes place at the Hele Road site, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Independence GatewayEntry Level Duration: 1-3 years

This course will help you to become more independent through developing your personal, social and life skills.

You will: > Have your own personal tutor and

individual targets to work towards > Improve your life skills in college, the

workplace and within the community > Participate in work experience

placements > Develop your English and Maths skills > Have the opportunity to take part

in the Ten Tors, Jubilee Challenge and work on community projects involving the National Trust

Assessment is continuous with regular reviews built into your programme.

Choose this course if... you want the opportunity to try out new activities which will help you build your skills in small, supportive groups. Through classroom, community and work-based activities the Independence Gateway gives you the opportunity to develop both life and work skills.

Next steps: After the course you could move on within Exeter College to the Skills or Progression Gateway, a Level 1 programme or join the Supported Internship Programme. There may also be opportunities within the community or on a work training programme.

Entry requirements: This programme is designed for students with additional learning needs who have attended specialist or mainstream schools. There will be an initial interview with a member of staff and a phased induction process.

This course takes place at the Hele Road site, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Entry Level

Entry Level Progression Gateway

Entry Level 3Duration: 1 year

This course aims to prepare and provide you with excellent grounding to progress onto a Level 1 course.

You will:> Have a personal tutor who will help

you with personal, social, emotional, developmental and educational requirements. You will have opportunities to attend 1-1 sessions to assist with college life and progression. Personal target setting will contribute to achievement and progress

> Participate in meaningful and specific work placement in your chosen area

> Infill into relevant Level 1 vocational areas cross-college to aid personal progression

> Improve your English and Maths skills

> Work towards a BTEC certificate by completing assignments

> Gain skills in personal study, learning skills, research and producing assignments

Choose this course if... you are focussed and know the area that you would like to progress into.

Next steps: You could progress within college to one of the wide range of Level 1 courses available. Level 2 programmes or the supported Internship are also available. You may also seek employment or an Apprenticeship.

Entry requirements: A clear focus on your progression pathway, a positive attitude towards learning and gaining skills to enable progression. There are no formal entry requirements, however, students may have just missed out on the entry requirements for a Level 1 course and a year improving their grades and focusing on learning skills would be beneficial. Students need enthusiasm, commitment and a desire to succeed. All applicants are interviewed by a course tutor. Taster days will allow you to gain an insight into this course; these run throughout the year.

This course takes place at the Hele Road site, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Page 82: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

81 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Foundation Learning and Support

BusinessBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

Your interest in gaining a job in business will enable you to make the most of this vocational course, which provides an excellent introduction to business.

You will: > Use practical skills, communication

and team working skills to increase your business knowledge

> Learn about businesses in our local area, how to communicate with customers, how to brand a product and how to create effective business presentations

> Gain one week’s work experience > Improve your transferable ICT, English

and Maths skills > Understand and develop the skills

and qualities necessary to work in this industry

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework and will need to sit tests for your English and Maths.

Choose this course if... you want to develop a range of skills you can use in the business sector or progress to further study.

Next steps: On completion of this course, you will have the confidence to go on to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the business industry is really important.

Digital MediaBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If working in digital media appeals to you then this vocational course will be a good choice.

You will: > Create an interactive presentation > Create an animation > Shoot a short film > Create a storyboard and television

advert > Take part in a week’s work experience > Enhance your English and

Maths ability > Gain self-confidence and the

knowledge to apply for jobs in the sector

> Understand and develop the skills and qualities necessary to work in this industry

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for Maths and English.

Choose this course if... you enjoy being creative and have a practical approach to learning. An interest in media is important but experience is not, just a willingness to learn.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the digital media industry is important.

Level 1

Level 1

Level 1 Expressive Arts

BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course offers you a broad-based introduction into Art, Design and Performing Arts. If working within these fields appeals, this vocational course will be a good choice for you. It will help you develop the basic skills, knowledge and qualities you need to progress.

You will:> Learn different ways of using various

2D art materials> Develop your practical creative skills> Take part in theatre trips> Be able to go on a week’s work

experience> Improve your ability in English and

Maths> Learn how to create your own

storyboard and script based on a play you have seen

> Work with others in a team to showcase your arts or performing arts skills

> Plan and market an exhibition of your work - either art or performing arts based

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for English and Maths.

Choose this course if... you want to develop the skills to go onto a course that will lead you into the Art or Performing Arts industry. This course is also a great choice if you want to develop your confidence and ability to work with others in a practical environment.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in Art or Performing Arts is important.

Page 83: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

82Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Health and Social CareBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course equips you with the basic skills and knowledge required for further study or employment in health and social care.

You will: > Increase your knowledge and

understanding of the needs of different people in care

> Find out about health and social care services

> Take part in a week’s work experience

> Learn to work independently, as well as in a group

> Develop your confidence and your ability in English and Maths

> Understand and develop the skills and qualities necessary to work in this industry

Health and social care units are assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for English and Maths.

Choose this course if... you enjoy caring for others and have a passion for working within care. The course content covers people of all ages and looks at a range of different disabilities.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the health and social care industry is important.

Hospitality and TourismBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If working in hospitality and tourism appeals, then this vocational course will be a good choice for you.

You will: > Research travel destinations and

prepare and cook food > Increase your understanding of

customer care and your ability to take on a frontline customer service role

> Come up with solutions to customer enquiries

> Plan a trip to a visitor attraction and take part in a week’s work experience

> Gain self-confidence and the knowledge to apply for jobs in the sector

> Understand and develop the skills and qualities necessary to work in this industry

> Enhance your English and Maths ability

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for Maths and English.

Choose this course if... you enjoy getting out and meeting people, helping people sort out problems, cooking and preparing food, visiting different attractions, and planning days out and holidays.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the hospitality and tourism industry is important.

Information TechnologyBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If you are looking for a career that uses IT in the workplace, this course will give you an excellent foundation.

You will: > Improve your knowledge of both

hardware and software

> Develop digital information using IT

> Use digital communication technologies

> Solve IT technical problems

> Create a spreadsheet

> Design a website

> Learn to code

You will be assessed by assignments, coursework and presentations, with tests for your English and Maths.

Choose this course if... you have an aptitude for computers and are looking to pursue a career in IT.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in IT is really important.

Level 1

Level 1

Level 1

Page 84: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

83 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Foundation Learning and Support

Outdoor AdventureBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This work-related course provides you with an insight into working within Outdoor Adventurous Activities. While studying on the BTEC Level 1 Diploma you will also work towards gaining introductory qualifications within the industry.

You will: > Take part in activities including

kayaking, canoeing, climbing, caving and mountain biking

> Work in our Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre

> Develop your essential, transferable skills in literacy and numeracy

> Gain practical experience and work placements as part of the course

> Understand and develop the skills and qualities necessary to work in this industry

> Learn about first aid

Assessment is through practical observation, witness statements, written coursework and assignments.

Choose this course if... you are thinking about a future in the world of sports and leadership. This course is a great platform for you to develop your confidence, sporting ability, leadership and coaching style.

Next steps: You could progress to the Level 2 in Outdoor Adventure or apply for an Apprenticeship in outdoor education.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You also need the personal qualities required to work in the outdoor and adventurous activities industry.

This course takes place at Haven Banks OEC and the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Public ServicesBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course offers you a broad introduction to a career in public services, and will help you develop the basic skills, knowledge and qualities you need to progress.

You will: > Take part in a variety of health and

fitness activities > Improve your team working skills > Take part in an expedition on

Dartmoor > Improve your ability in English and

Maths in preparation for progression > Understand and develop the skills

and qualities necessary to work in this industry

> Benefit from taking part in work experience

> Have guest speakers and visits to a range of public service organisations

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for Maths and English.

Choose this course if... you are thinking of a future career in the public sector. You will be able to explore the wide range of services and job roles as you build up the essential skills needed for any public service job, such as, confidence, team building, leadership, organisation, problem solving and fitness.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the public sector is important.

Level 1

Level 1

Page 85: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

84Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Discover your local Ofsted Outstanding college.

All sites

Thursday 17th October 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 20th November 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 15th January 2020, 5-8pm

Exeter College Showcase 2020

Thursday 23rd April 2020, 4-7pm, Sports Hall All our courses under one roof - a one stop shop to find out what we have to offer, whether you are in Year 9 or 10, or in Year 11 and confirming your choice.

Specialist sites

Falcon House (Construction) and Technology Centre (Engineering, Automotive and Aerospace) Tuesday 12th May 2020, 5-7pm

Apprenticeship Expo

Thursday 6th February 2020, 1-6pm, Sports Hall

For more information on our open events, visit exe-coll.ac.uk or call 01392 400500

See you there!

Open Events.

84

Page 86: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

85 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Hairdressing, Beauty and Make-Up Artistry

Are you creative, artistic and enjoy working with people? Do you want to help others look and feel good? Come and learn the skills to join this exciting, energy filled industry, where no two days are the same!

We have fantastic commercial hair salons, beauty clinics, theatrical make-up studios and a spa. You will have the opportunity to train in the faculty’s showcase salon Zeal @ Exeter College at the Laurence Building on our Hele Road site (see pages 19-20 for a map). Our H2B professional treatments are available to visitors from all over the south west. For all courses you will need to purchase a salon uniform and practical kit.

Hairdressing, Beauty and Make-Up Artistry.

Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-164.

Page 87: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Corey“I picked my course because I have always wanted to work in hairdressing. I progressed from the Level 2 course onto the Level 3 at Exeter College. I have really enjoyed meeting new people, making new friends and all the support from the teaching staff. I am looking forward to starting work in a salon as I’m fully qualified now and can start building up my client base. I would definitely recommend Exeter College because it’s a good place to learn your trade and build confidence.”Studying Hairdressing Level 3 Diploma Previously studied at Sidmouth Community College

86

Page 88: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

87 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Hairdressing, Beauty and Make-Up Artistry

Introduction to the Hair and Beauty SectorLevel 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course blends theory and practice to prepare you for a profession that is much in demand.

You will: > Learn to shampoo, condition, colour

and style men and women’s hair > Study skin care, basic make-up

application and manicure and nail art

> Attend industry exhibitions > Work in our welcoming centre with

professional hairdressing salons, beauty salons and spa

> Experience a busy, commercial environment and work with real clients

> Enhance your transferable skills in English, Maths and Personal Social Development

Practical, theoretical and verbal skills with clients will be assessed, along with your portfolio of evidence. You will also be assessed on your written assignments.

Choose this course if… you are starting out in hair and beauty, enjoy making others look good and want to gain a basic understanding of the industry. This course is also ideal if you want to prepare for further learning or training within the hair and beauty sector.

Next steps: On successful completion of the course (with functional skills English and Maths at Level 1) you can progress to Level 2 or seek an Apprenticeship in hairdressing.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

BarberingLevel 2 NVQ Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course is designed for learners who work in or wish to pursue a career in barbering.

You will: > Advise and consult with clients > Shampoo, condition and treat the

hair and scalp > Cut hair using basic techniques,

create basic outlines and detailing in hair

> Cut facial hair to shape using basic techniques and assist with shaving services

> Have the opportunity to attend industry exhibitions and industry workshops

You will be assessed by creating a portfolio of evidence. Online examinations will also contribute to your coursework.

Choose this course if… you wish to pursue a career in the barbering industry and enjoy being creative, artistic and working within a thriving environment. The Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Barbering provides the necessary skills and knowledge that prove occupational competence as a junior barber.

Next steps: Following successful completion of this qualification you may progress to employment or progress on to the NVQ3 Diploma in Barbering.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 3 in Maths. Plus, you will need GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent (Level 1 Diploma in Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector).

Beauty RetailLevel 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year

This practical based training is ideal preparation for gaining employment in beauty retail or further specialist training within the industry.

You will: > Cover all of the work specific core

skills and knowledge in beauty retail > Explore different products and

selling techniques and study the concepts of promotional planning, marketing methods and successful retailing

> Develop professional customer service and communication skills

> Study practical skills in performing skin care and make-up demonstrations

> Have the opportunity to engage in enrichment activities and workshops

You will be assessed through externally set and externally marked exams and assignments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy the promotion and sales industry. This qualification will cover all of the technical skills and knowledge needed to work as a beauty or cosmetics retailer.

Next steps: You could go on to an Apprenticeship or employment in beauty retail, working in a department store, or for a specialist make-up or skin care company.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 3 in Maths. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent (Level 1 Diploma in Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector).

Level 1

Level 2

Level 2

Page 89: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

88Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Beauty TherapyLevel 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year

This Beauty Therapy course will provide you with a range of essential practical skills and theory knowledge, which prepare you for employment or further training within the beauty industry.

You will: > Learn to perform a range of

treatments, including manicures, pedicures, hair removal, facial treatments, lash and brow treatments, application of make-up and light cured gel polish

> Gain an understanding of the anatomy and physiology of the body and be able to apply this knowledge when carrying out a range of beauty therapy treatments

> Develop an understanding of safe working practices within the beauty industry

> Learn professional communication skills and the techniques to actively promote products and services

> Attend professional workshops and have the opportunity to gain additional qualifications within the industry

> Research the history of Spa and gain an introduction to this aspect of the industry

You will be assessed through externally set and externally marked exams and assignments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy making people feel good about themselves and have a passion for the beauty and wellbeing industry.

Next steps: You could work within the industry for a cosmetic company or in a beauty salon or clinic. Alternatively, you may progress to the Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma in Beauty and Spa.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 3 in Maths. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent (Level 1 Diploma in Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 3 in Science.

Cutting and Styling ServicesLevel 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year

This course will provide you with a range of essential technical practical skills and knowledge that will help to equip you when you enter the hairdressing industry.

You will: > Study the principles of hairdressing

and barbering services > Learn how to shampoo, condition

and treat the hair and scalp > Style, set and dress hair > Cut hair using basic techniques > Have the opportunity to attend

industry exhibitions and industry workshops

> Experience a busy, commercial environment and work with real clients

You will be assessed through externally set and externally marked exams and assignments.

Choose this course if… you wish to pursue a career in hairdressing working within a thriving environment, enjoy being creative, artistic and making others look and feel good.

Next steps: On completion of this qualification you will be able to work in a number of employment destinations such as hairdressing salons or hotels. Alternatively, progress on to the Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma in Hairdressing upon completion of the Level 2 Technical Certificate in Hair Colouring Services.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 4 Maths. Plus, you will need at least two GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Hair Colouring ServicesLevel 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year

This practical based training is ideal preparation for gaining employment in the hairdressing industry or for further specialist study.

You will: > Study the principles of hairdressing

and barbering services > Learn to colour and lighten hair > Understand styling and finishing

services > Work closely with employers who

contribute to the knowledge and delivery of training

> Have the opportunity to attend industry exhibitions and industry workshops

> Experience a busy, commercial environment and work with real clients

You will be assessed through externally set and externally marked exams and assignments.

Choose this course if… you wish to pursue a career in hairdressing, working within a thriving industry, enjoy being creative, artistic and are passionate about making others look and feel good.

Next steps: You could go on to work in a number of employment destinations within the hairdressing industry or progress on to the Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma in Hairdressing.

Entry requirements: You will need to have completed the Level 2 Technical Certificate for Cutting and Styling Services. Internal applicants will also need a reference from their former tutor.

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2

Did you know? We have a

showcase salon ‘Zeal @ Exeter College’, in which you can experience a busy, commercial working environment.

Page 90: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

89 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Make-Up ArtistryLevel 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year

This course will provide you with a range of essential practical skills and knowledge, which will equip you to seek employment or further specialist training within the make-up industry.

You will: > Discover the art of applying make-up > Develop skills in hair artistry and

creative make-up artistry > Research, develop and showcase

make-up and hair artistry designs > Learn about anatomy and physiology

for make-up artists > Study the principles of working in

the make-up industry

You will be assessed through externally set and externally marked exams and assignments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy being creative and are passionate about using make-up and hair styling to achieve a variety of different looks. You will have opportunities to gain work specific skills and knowledge, developing looks from day make-up to bridal and special occasion.

Next steps: You could progress on to the Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma in Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up Artistry.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 3 in Maths. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent (Level 1 Diploma in Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector).

Subject specific entry requirement or recommendations: GCSE grade 3 or above in Art.

Beauty and Spa Therapy Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course provides you with a wide range of specialist practical skills and technical knowledge, which will equip you to seek employment or further training within the beauty and spa industry. It builds on skills acquired during your Level 2 Beauty Therapy studies.

You will: > Learn facial electrotherapy treatments,

including micro-dermabrasion techniques

> Perform body analysis and body electrotherapy treatments to improve body and skin conditions

> Learn how to prepare, monitor and maintain spa equipment and provide a variety of dry spa treatments

> Learn a range of body massage therapies

> Provide Indian head massage treatments

> Develop essential skills for promoting sales and products within a business

> Develop an in depth understanding of anatomy and physiology of the body and be able to apply this knowledge within beauty and spa treatments

> Attend professional workshops and have the opportunity to gain additional qualifications within the industry

You will be assessed by an externally set and marked exam and by a final practical synoptic assignment.

Choose this course if… you are progressing within the beauty therapy industry and want to cover all of the advanced technical skills and knowledge needed to work as a senior beauty, massage or spa therapist.

Next steps: Achievement of this qualification demonstrates to an employer that you have the advanced skills and knowledge necessary to be employed as a senior beauty or spa therapist in a beauty clinic, salon, spa, cruise ship or leisure centre.

Entry requirements: You must have successfully completed a Level 2 Beauty Therapy course.

HairdressingLevel 3 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course aims to provide you with a range of specialist practical skills and technical knowledge which will equip you to seek employment within the hairdressing industry.

You will: > Learn how to cut hair using a

combination of techniques > Creatively colour and lighten hair > Carry out hairdressing consultation

services > Creatively style and dress hair > Carry out hair colour correction

services > Have the opportunity to work with

local employers who will provide demonstrations and talks on the industry

You will be assessed creating a portfolio of evidence. Online examinations will also contribute to your coursework.

Choose this course if… you wish to develop your skills to an advanced level. This qualification aims to provide you with a range of specialist practical skills and technical knowledge which will equip you to seek employment or further training within the hairdressing industry. It is ideal if you enjoy being creative, artistic and enjoy the challenge of carrying out advanced technical services within a busy salon environment.

Standard entry requirements: You will need to have completed the Level 2 Technical Certificate for Cutting and Styling Services, a Level 2 Technical Certificate for Hair Colouring Services, a VRQ2 in Hairdressing or an NVQ2 in Hairdressing. Internal applicants will also need a reference from their former tutor.

Level 2

Level 3

Level 3

Hairdressing, Beauty and Make-Up Artistry

Page 91: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

90Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

BarberingLevel 3 NVQ Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course is designed for learners who wish to pursue a career in the barbering industry at an advanced level. This course aims to provide you with a range of specialist practical skills and technical knowledge which will equip you for this thriving industry.

You will: > Learn how to creatively cut hair using a combination

of barbering techniques > Design and create a range of facial hair shapes > Provide shaving services > Provide consultation services > Have the opportunity to work with local employers who

will provide demonstrations and talks

You will be assessed by creating a portfolio of evidence. Online examinations will also contribute to your coursework.

Choose this course if… you enjoy being creative, artistic and enjoy the challenge of carrying out advanced services within a busy salon environment. This qualification aims to provide you with specialist practical skills, which are ideal if you want to progress to an advanced level.

Entry requirements: You will need to have completed a Level 2 Barbering qualification. Internal applicants will also need a reference from their former tutor.

Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up ArtistryLevel 3 Advanced Technical Diploma Duration: 1 year

This qualification covers a very wide range of skills and knowledge to provide you with the specialist practical skills which will prepare you to work independently in the theatrical and media make-up industry. It builds on skills acquired during your Level 2 Make-Up Artistry studies or equivalent.

You will: > Learn how to create, cast and apply prosthetics pieces

and bald caps > Create and develop your own inspirational avant-garde looks > Learn how to carry out styling and basic hair cutting

techniques for a range of media productions > Explore the use of blogging platforms for promotions > Develop an understanding of the creative make-up

designs for productions and industry demands > Experiment with a range of special effects techniques

and create casualty characters > Create, dress and fit a range of facial postiche > Explore and create costumes and props to complement

overall images > Research and plan body art for competitions

You will be assessed by an externally set and marked exam and by a final practical synoptic assignment. You will produce a portfolio of creative work.

Choose this course if… you are progressing within the make-up industry and want to cover all of the advanced skills and knowledge needed to work as a theatrical and media make-up artist.

Next steps: Achievement of this qualification demonstrates to an employer that you have the necessary advanced technical skills to potentially be employed as a theatrical and media make-up artist and could lead to a career as a theatre, film or TV make-up artist, make-up designer or product developer. Alternatively, you could progress into higher education and a degree course within this subject area.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. Plus, you must have successfully completed a Level 2 course in Make-Up Artistry.

Level 3

Level 3

Page 92: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services

If you are caring, compassionate and are interested in and committed to the safety, health and wellbeing of people or have an interest in public services, health and social care, childcare, policing or uniformed services, then these courses are just right for you. You will benefit from fantastic community links with over 200 employers including the NHS, fire service, prison service, schools, nurseries, police, health and social care providers and the armed forces. These courses take place in our Hele Building - see pages 19-20 for a map.

Healthcare,Childcareand PublicServices.

Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-164.

91

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for these icons in the course information

Jessica“I decided to enrol on this course because I really enjoy working with children and it has given me plenty of opportunities and new experiences. During my time at Exeter College I have enjoyed learning new things and meeting new people. After college I hope to go on to work caring for children and teaching. Exeter College is a really nice place to be and everyone is so lovely and supportive.”Studying Childcare and Education Level 3 Previously studied at Exmouth Community College

Page 93: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

92Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Caring for ChildrenBTEC Level 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

Working with young children can be incredibly rewarding. This course gives you the skills and knowledge to begin a career in childcare.

You will: > Learn about the communication,

physical and emotional needs of young children

> Learn to provide stimulating physical and creative activities

> Focus on wellbeing issues such as healthy eating and child safety

> Take part in a personal, social development programme

> Develop your skills in English and Maths

> Have an opportunity to undertake a work placement, within the age range 0-5 years

Assessment is continuous with an assignment for each unit.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for wanting to work with or care and support children.

Next steps: You may be able to go on to a NCFE CACHE Level 2 Diploma either in childcare, health and social care or in a different area, or you may wish to go on to an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in working with children. You also need a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check as part of the application process.

Level 1

Did you know? From September 2020 we will be introducing new T Levels in Education and Childcare - see page 41-42 for more information.

Page 94: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

93 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Education and ChildcareT Level Duration: 1 year

Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services

Public ServicesBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course offers you a broad introduction to a career in public services, and will help you develop the basic skills, knowledge and qualities you need to progress.

You will: > Take part in a variety of health and

fitness activities > Improve your team working skills > Take part in an expedition on

Dartmoor > Improve your ability in English and

Maths in preparation for progression > Understand and develop the skills

and qualities necessary to work in this industry

> Benefit from taking part in work experience

> Have guest speakers and visits to a range of public service organisations

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for English and Maths.

Choose this course if… you are thinking of a future career in the public sector. You will be able to explore the wide range of services and job roles as you build up the essential skills needed for any public service job, such as, confidence, team building, leadership, organisation, problem solving and fitness.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the public sector is really important.

This course takes place in the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Early Years PractitionerNCFE CACHE Level 2 DiplomaDuration: 1 year

If you know you want to work in early years, this course is ideal as it prepares you for supervised employment in an early years setting.

You will: > Learn about child development from

birth to seven years > Benefit from 280 hours of work

experience as an early years assistant

> Understand about supporting children’s physical care needs in an early years setting and learning through play

Assessment is by assignments, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for wanting to work with, or care and support children.

Next steps: You can progress to the T Level in Education and Childcare, providing you achieve the Level 2 Diploma at a Merit grade and hold GCSE English Language and Maths at grade 4 or above. Completion of the CACHE Level 3 Certificate/Diploma in Childcare and Education will grant you full professional Early Years Educator status. Alternatively, you could progress to an Apprenticeship in the childcare sector.

Standard entry requirements: You will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above (including English Language and Maths), plus two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will also need a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check as part of the application process. You will be invited to interview, where you will need to show you are committed to completing the course and that you aim to improve your numeracy and literacy skills. During interview, we will look at your school report to ensure your attendance and behaviour has been to a good standard.

Level 2

Level 1

Level 3

This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their knowledge and skills working with children and young people aged 0–19. The course is designed to ensure that learners have the knowledge and skills needed to progress into employment or further study in the childcare sector.

You will:> Study a core set of knowledge,

concepts and skills. You will learn about childcare and education contexts, how a young person develops and how children with special educational needs interact with education

> Develop your English, maths and digital skills to industry standard and study specialist knowledge in specific areas

> Undertake industry placements with employers in different settings. You will develop knowledge of the Early Years Foundation Stage and National Curriculum

You will be assessed through external assessments and a substantial employer set project via practical assessments of skills.

Choose this course if… you enjoy the idea of being involved in the care, development and education of children and young people aged 0-19.

Next steps: You can progress directly into skilled employment in the education or youth work sector. You can also progress onto technical education or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. You will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile or Cache Level 2 achieved, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).  Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Learners must have enthusiasm and passion about working with children and young people.

Education and ChildcareT LevelDuration: 2 years

Level 3

Page 95: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

94Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Public ServicesBTEC Level 2 First Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course allows you to develop the essential knowledge, understanding and skills common for a range of Public Services such as police, fire, ambulance, armed forces, prison services, HM Revenue and Customs, and community services (such as probation and social services).

You will: > Gain the skills and qualities required

for a successful career in public services

> Study expedition skills, navigation, adventurous activities and teamwork

> Undertake a residential > Interact with personnel from a range

of Public Services organisations > Develop an understanding of

the context and operations of Public Services

> Investigate the differences between Public Services organisations

> Identify levels of fitness required for each service

Assessment is by assignments, presentations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for working to help protect and develop your community, or wish to develop your personal and professional characteristics critical towards career progression.

Next steps: You could progress to the BTEC Level 3 Foundation/Extended Diploma in Public Services or other advanced courses if you achieve a merit or distinction. Alternatively, you may seek employment in a related field or take a training placement.

Standard entry requirements: You will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above (including English Language and Maths), plus two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: This is a vocational course so an interest in gaining a job in a related area is important.

Level 2 Health and Social Care

BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course equips you with the basic skills and knowledge required for further study or employment in health and social care.

You will: > Increase your knowledge and

understanding of the needs of different people in care

> Find out about health and social care services

> Take part in a week’s work experience

> Learn to work independently as well as in a group

> Develop your confidence and your ability in English and Maths

> Understand and develop the skills and qualities necessary to work in this industry

Health and social care units are assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for English and Maths.

Choose this course if… you enjoy caring for others and have a passion for working within care. The course content covers people of all ages and also looks at a range of different disabilities.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the health and social care industry is important.

This course takes place in the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Level 1Public Services

BTEC Level 3 Foundation/ Extended Diploma (uniformed) Duration: 1-2 years

This course is designed to give you the knowledge and skills to enable you to pursue a career in one of the Public Services.

You will: > Learn how Public Services prepare for

and deal with major incidents and emergencies

> Prepare for and take part in team building exercises, including an overnight residential, linking to land based skills for outdoor adventurous activities/water based skills

> Study topics such as exercise, health and lifestyle, citizenship and the legal system

> Discuss government policies relating to public services and learn from guest speakers who are employed in the field

> Have the opportunity to participate in trips and events organised and delivered by key emergency and military services

> Consider crime and its impact on society

You will be assessed through the coursework completed using a variety of assessment, with the possibility of some external assessments.

Choose this course if… you have a passion for working to help protect and develop your community, or wish to develop your personal and professional characteristics which are critical towards career progression.

You will initially be enrolled on to the Foundation Diploma and enrolled on to the Extended Diploma on successful completion of your first year.

Next steps: You may go on to apply for employment in the Public Services or progress to university level study, for example, progressing to a Public Services Foundation Degree at Exeter College.

Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths), plus two additional GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Level 3

Page 96: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

95 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services

Health and Social CareLevel 3 Foundation/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is designed to give you the knowledge and skills to enable you to pursue a career in Health and Social Care.

You will: > Look at development through the

life stages > Study anatomy and physiology for

health and social care > Learn how to communicate

effectively in a professional setting > Understand health, safety,

safeguarding and equality requirements

> Benefit from a minimum of 200 hours of work experience in vocational settings and take part in professional visits

You will be assessed through assignments, observations, presentations and some assessments, work experience and the production of a substantial portfolio.

Choose this course if… you wish to pursue a career in (amongst others) nursing, midwifery, paramedic science, social work, psychology and youth work. It also gives opportunities for employment/Apprenticeships in the health and social sector.

Next steps: You could go on to university level study, for example, progressing on to a Health and Social Care Foundation Degree at Exeter College or further study in a wide range of health and social care related Degrees and Diplomas, in subjects such as nursing, teaching and social work.

Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths), plus two additional GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your work placements. Science is recommended at grade 4 or above if you wish to become a nurse or work in a health related field.

Level 3 Social Care

Level 3 Certificate/Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years

This course is combined with two other A Levels and it prepares you for a career in health and social care.

You will: > Look at human lifespan development > Study meeting individual care

and support needs > Assess Working in Health and

Social Care > Study one additional vocationally

relevant module

You will be assessed through a mixture of exams and synoptic reports.

Choose this course if… you would like to study this course alongside other A Levels. It is also ideal if you wish to pursue a career in (amongst others) nursing, midwifery, paramedic science, social work, medical practice, psychology and youth work. It also gives opportunities for employment/Apprenticeships in the health and social sector.

Next steps: You could go on to university level study, for example, progressing on to a Health and Social Care Foundation Degree at Exeter College or further study in a wide range of health and social care related Degrees and Diplomas, in subjects such as nursing, teaching and social work.

Entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language, Maths and Science.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes especially well with Biology, Psychology and Sociology.

Level 3

See our full range of A Level and BTEC Certificate courses on pages 43-44.

Health and Social CareBTEC Level 2 First Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This academic course covers the core knowledge and skills required to work in health and social care environments.

You will: > Learn about topics such as human

lifespan development, health and social care values and equality and diversity

> Gain vocational experience through a minimum of 25 hours in a health or social care setting

> Research, plan and produce your own health promotion activity

> Have the opportunity to implement a creative and therapeutic activity during your placement

> Be involved in charity fundraising events during the course

Assessment is by assignments, external examinations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you wish to pursue a career in (amongst others) nursing, midwifery, paramedic science, social work, psychology and youth work. It also gives opportunities for employment/Apprenticeships in the health and social sector.

Next steps: You could go on to apply for employment in health and social care or progress to an Apprenticeship, BTEC Level 3 Diploma or Extended Diploma.

Standard entry requirements: You will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above (including English Language and Maths), plus two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your work placements.

Level 2

Page 97: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Hospitality and Catering

If you are passionate about food and drink and want to prepare, cook and serve great food, then come and train in our fantastic professional industry standard kitchens and study food and drink in our lecture rooms. You could practice your food service, beverage and barista skills in our top class commercial restaurant, @thirty-four.

Hospitalityand Catering.

Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-164.

96

For all catering and hospitality courses, you will need to buy practical equipment and uniforms, a full list of these will be available on enrolment.

Harrison“My course allowed me to experience both front and back of house service training and a work experience placement at L’Ortolan that gave me a first hand experience in a fine dining establishment.”

Harrison (pictured centre) studied Introduction to Professional Cookery Level 1, 2 and 3 Diplomas and Professional Food and Beverage Service Level 1 and Level 2 Diplomas. He went on to work experience placements at The Waterside Inn, Bray and Lemanoir Aux Quat’saisons, Oxford. He was a sous chef working with John Burton Race at the Grosvenor Hotel, Torquay and then worked at the Millbrook Inn, Southpool. He started to run his own pop-ups in 2018 at various establishments around Devon. He now is Chef Patron at Gather in Totnes, which is run with two former catering students (pictured - Declan and Oli).

Page 98: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

97 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Hospitality and Catering

Catering Craft (and Food Service)Level 1 NVQ Diploma Duration: 1 year

This vocational programme will provide you with a superb foundation for a career in the hospitality industry and applicants will require no prior knowledge of hospitality. The course will give you all the foundation knowledge in theory and practice to allow you to progress on to Level 2 NVQ.

You will: > Gain valuable, hands on experience

in a real working environment > Practice skills in food preparation

and cookery > Practice skills in food and drink

service > Work as part of a team in our fully

equipped @thirty-four kitchens and outlets

> Learn about employment in the hospitality industry

> Develop transferable skills through studying a Personal Social Development programme as well as Maths and English

You will be continually assessed within the working environment.

Choose this course if… you would like to gain more confidence in your abilities of food handling and professional aptitude within the hospitality industry.

Next steps: You could progress to a full time NVQ Level 2 or a Diploma in Professional Cookery to gain further skills and knowledge, or seek work in the industry whilst continuing your studies on an Apprenticeship scheme.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must be keen and interested in hospitality and catering.

Professional CookeryVRQ1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course will allow you to develop your passion and skills for cookery, whilst developing your ability to work under pressure and as part of a team in the hospitality industry.

You will: > Develop a variety of catering craft

skills to a high standard > Work towards a VRQ1 Certificate in

Food and Beverage Service and a Diploma in Professional Cookery

> Work within the superbly equipped @thirty-four restaurant and kitchens

> Study different ways to prepare hot and cold food

> Gain an understanding of health and safety and food safety issues

> Learn skills in areas such as dealing with customers, bar service and menu planning

Assessment is by a combination of assignments and practical examinations.

Choose this course if… you would like to be introduced to professional cookery, food service and customer care skills and help develop your work and organisational practices within the catering industry.

Next steps: You could progress to the Level 2 Diploma in Professional Cookery to further your career opportunities.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need one GCSE at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must be keen and interested in hospitality and catering and have an aptitude for hospitality skills.

Professional Cookery - Michael Caines AcademyVRQ1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

The Michael Caines Academy combines practical, professional catering and hospitality qualifications, with a range of visits, experiences, work placements and demonstrations involving the region’s most renowned food experts. It is designed to nurture the region’s future generation of talented restaurateurs, chefs, restaurant managers, waiters and front of house staff.

You will: > Develop your catering craft skills to

an exceptional standard > Experience visits, placements, ‘farm

to fork’ and ‘vine to glass’ sessions > Enjoy challenging practical and

theoretical workshops > Attend masterclasses from industry

leaders such as Michael Caines > Study for a Certificate in Food and

Beverage Service and a Diploma in Professional Cookery

> Work within the superbly equipped @thirty-four restaurant and kitchens

> Attend a period of work placement

You will be regularly assessed at work.

Choose this course if… you are looking to undertake high quality, industry standard training and have a real passion for cooking and the industry. It is ideal if you have the goal of becoming a professional chef and perhaps owning your own restaurant in the future.

Next steps: You could progress to the Level 2 Diploma in Professional Cookery to further your career opportunities.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need one GCSE at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must be keen and interested in hospitality and catering and have an aptitude for hospitality skills. A two day selection process will also form part of the entry requirements.

Level 1

Level 1

Level 1

Page 99: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

98Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Level XProfessional Cookery

(and Food and Beverage Service)Level 2 NVQ Diploma Duration: 1 year

This progression course will build on the skills and knowledge you have gained whilst studying the NVQ Level 1 programme, providing you with the opportunity to further develop your craft skills in both culinary and food service operations. The programme will teach you the theory, preparation and cooking of a wide variety of dishes and hospitality service in all areas.

You will: > Prepare, cook and finish basic hot

sauces and soups > Cook and finish basic fish, meat,

poultry and vegetable dishes > Learn how to maintain a safe,

hygienic and secure working environment

> Work effectively as part of a hospitality team

You will be continuously assessed within the college’s realistic working environment.

Choose this course if… you enjoy the customer relation side of the industry and are becoming serious about a role within hospitality.

Next steps: You could progress to a Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Professional Cookery (Kitchen and Larder) or find employment in the hospitality industry.

Entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the Level 1 NVQ Diploma in Professional Cookery or Level 1 NVQ in Catering Craft and have achieved functional skills in English and Maths.

Professional CookeryVRQ2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course blends theory and practice to further develop your existing catering craft skills to the next level.

You will: > Further develop your ability to work

under pressure and as part of a team > Continue to practice and hone

your practical and professional cookery skills

> Work towards a VRQ2 Diploma in Food and Beverage Service and a Diploma in Professional Cookery

> Study principles of customer service in hospitality, leisure, travel and tourism

> Increase your knowledge of health and safety, food safety and menu planning

> Work within the superbly equipped @thirty-four restaurant and kitchens

Assessment is by theoretical and practical examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy working as part of a team and would like to carry on with your introduction to professional cookery and develop your skills.

Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 Diploma in Professional Cookery or Level 3 Diploma in Food and Beverage Service Supervision to further your career opportunities, or you could apply for employment or an Apprenticeship.

Entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the VRQ1 Diploma in Professional Cookery. You must also be keen and interested in hospitality and catering.

Professional Cookery - Michael Caines AcademyVRQ2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

The Michael Caines Academy combines practical, professional catering and hospitality qualifications with a range of visits, experiences, work placements and demonstrations involving the region’s most renowned food experts.

You will: > Continue your studies in a wide range

of top quality food preparation > Investigate the catering and

hospitality industry > Cover areas such as costing and

menu planning, healthier foods and special diets

> Experience competitions, work placements and overseas residential visits

> Develop your understanding and delivery of excellent customer service

> Learn first hand from top chefs such as Michael Caines, Mark Dodson, Peter Gorton and others

> Attend a period of work placement

You will be assessed by practical and theoretical examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy all aspects of the industry and would like to progress with the above experiences and you would like to compete in various competitions.

Next steps: You could progress to the next stage of this course (Level 3 Diploma in Food and Beverage Service Supervision), seek an Apprenticeship or apply for employment in a related field.

Entry requirements: You must have successfully completed the VRQ Level 1 Diploma in Professional Cookery, have excellent attendance, a positive reference from your tutor and during your progression meeting have demonstrated excellence.

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2

Did you know? Our @thirty-four fine dining teaching and learning restaurant has recently achieved a prestigious AA College Rosette Award.

Page 100: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

99 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Hospitality and Catering

Food and Beverage Service SupervisionVRQ Level 3 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This is the advanced course of our programmes. You will have the opportunity to develop advanced skills in specialist areas, including table theatre, barista, alcoholic beverage service and Gueridon service work.

You will: > Take on a supervisory role for health

and safety and food safety > Study gastronomy and food culture > Investigate principles of promoting

food and beverage services and products

> Study legal and social responsibilities of a Personal Licence Holder

> Provide advice to customers on food and beverage matching

> Supervise hospitality events

Assessment is by assignments and practical examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy restaurant and bar service and are looking for a successful career in the hospitality business. As the face of the industry you can learn all the skills needed to become a successful professional and go on to work at prestigious hotels, restaurants, cool cocktail bars, resorts and events both in the UK or overseas.

Next steps: On completion of this course you could progress to a Level 4 Higher Diploma in subjects such as culinary or kitchen management, Higher National Diploma (HND), Foundation Degree or gain employment within the catering and hospitality industry.

Entry requirements: This is a progression course and you must have successfully completed the Level 2 Diploma in Professional Cookery and Food and Beverage Service. You must also be interested in hospitality and catering.

Professional Cookery (Kitchen and Larder)Level 3 NVQ Diploma Duration: 1 year

This progression course will build on the skills and knowledge you have gained whilst studying the Level 2 programme. It will provide you with the opportunity to further develop your craft skills in culinary operations, both in a kitchen classroom environment and working in different sections of the busy college restaurant. The qualification also requires the supervision of Level 2 kitchen students in a controlled environment around the kitchen.

You will: > Prepare, cook and finish complex

dishes including meat and poultry, fish, soups and sauces, patisserie and petits fours

> Learn how to maintain a safe, hygienic and secure working environment in a supervisory manner

> Work effectively as part of a hospitality team and supervise others

> Gain knowledge and understanding of kitchen HACCP systems and health and safety procedures

You will be continuously assessed within the college realistic working environment.

Choose this course if… you enjoy challenging yourself to the limit by having the opportunity to compete in various competitions and would like to experience what it is like to work with different cultures and approaches to the food industry.

Next steps: You could find employment in the hospitality industry.

Entry requirements: You must have successfully completed the Level 2 Diploma in Professional Cookery or Catering Craft and have achieved functional skills in English and Maths.

Level 3

Level 3

Our Michael Caines Academy nurtures the region’s future generation of talented restaurateurs, chefs and waiters.

Page 101: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Humanities

Humanities subjects give you the chance to analyse and understand the world around you.

Whether you choose to study physical features of the landscape, the impact of globalisation on our culture and economy or how events of the past have shaped our present, you will leave college with high level skills of enquiry and analysis that are prized by universities and employers. These courses are studied at our Hele Road site, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Humanities.

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for this icon in the course information

Tom“I very much recommend Exeter College, you can get what you want from it. I’ve really enjoyed my subjects and doing A Levels was even better than I expected. I chose the college because I was looking to make new friends and have a fresh start and that is exactly what it’s been. I genuinely loved the process of applying to the University of Oxford. The whole process, including the interviews and exams, was all based on problem-solving and critical thinking which was really interesting and fun to do. Exeter College helped me with my personal statement and my studies at college really helped too and I used past exam papers to practice.”Studying Maths, Economics and Politics A Levels Previously studied at Teign School

100

We also offer Classical Civilisation

- see page 77.

Page 102: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

101 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Humanities

Level 3

Level 3Applied Psychology

BTEC Level Certificate/ Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years

Psychology is a fascinating and varied subject, offering an exciting opportunity to explore many different areas of psychology, providing a broad basis for later specialisation. The applied nature of the course provides a platform to put theory into practical use.

You will: > Apply psychological theory to explain

gender, consumer and employee behaviour, and aggression

> Develop scientific skills in planning and conducting research, analysing results, and evaluating the process

> Discuss sensitive topic areas such as stress, ill health, addiction, depression and anxiety disorders

> Use theory to explain scenario behaviours in applied exam questions

Assessment is 50% exams, 50% coursework.

Choose this course if… If you like the idea of studying Psychology and excel in courses with some coursework rather than all exams, the BTEC would be an excellent choice. With 2 other A Level subjects it will help spread your assessment across the year by combining coursework with exams.

Next steps: Applied Psychology is an excellent foundation for a range of degrees, for example, Biological Sciences, Forensic Biology, Paramedic Science, Nutrition, Physiotherapy, Psychology, Sociology, Youth Studies and Mental Health Nursing. Progression routes will depend on other qualifications chosen. Always check entry requirements for specific degrees.

Standard entry requirements: You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language, Maths and Science).

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with Sociology, Law, History, Biology, Religious Studies and Physical Education. Please be aware that you cannot combine A Level Psychology with this course.

GeographyA Level Duration: 2 years

This course will give you an understanding of the environmental challenges caused by our impact on the natural world, through climate change and hazards and also provide an insight into the effect of globalisation on human rights and trade.

You will: > Study both human and physical

geography > Gain excellent numeracy, literacy,

ICT, analytical, teamwork and problem solving skills

> Carry out coastal and urban fieldwork, and have the option to travel abroad

> Develop specialist skills including cartography and statistical analysis

> Attend Royal Geographical Society and University of Exeter lectures

Assessment is by examination and a piece of independent fieldwork.

Choose this course if… you are fascinated by the world around you and how physical processes affect the vulnerability of people. Also, if you have an interest in the future of our planet due to the possible impacts of factors such as climate change. It is also ideal if you would like to pursue a career working on environmental issues, cartography, development, fold management, town planning or teaching.

Next steps: This course is excellent preparation for a Geography degree or other Humanities or Science related degrees.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: It is desirable, but not essential, to have studied GCSE Geography.

See page 132 for Geology.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with Geology and Environmental Science and also goes well with English Language, Economics, Politics, Sociology, History or Law.

EconomicsAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Economics relates to every aspect of our lives, from the decisions individuals make to the policies of governments.

You will: > Develop a deep knowledge

of economic forces and an understanding of how they shape the world around us

> Gain an understanding of the economics that lie behind front page news stories, from Brexit to the Cornish pasty tax

> Look at the UK economy - its performance and policies

> Consider subjects such as inflation, growth, unemployment and foreign trade

> Study business behaviour and the labour market

> Have the opportunity to take part in study trips, attend conferences and visit organisations

Course assessment is through short tests, essays, and case studies. Final assessment is through external examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy debating economic issues such as inequality, immigration and how we should pay for healthcare. Using and interpreting data to analyse economic problems. Discussing alternative courses of action. Keeping up to date with national and international trends.

Next steps: You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths at grade 5 or above).

Standard entry requirements: You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths at grade 5 or above).

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with Mathematics, Geography, Social Sciences and History.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Page 103: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

102Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Level X

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3Early Modern History

(1485-1799)AS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course is for you if you are a keen historian and avid reader. It goes slightly further back in time to satisfy your thirst for knowledge. If you feel that you need a wider historical experience after having studied a lot of twentieth century history in school, then this could be the course that you are looking for.

You will: > Cover units on topics such as Britain

(1625-1701) conflict, revolution and settlement, France in revolution (1774-1799), rebellion and disorder under the Tudors (1485-1603)

> Develop skills of research and show evidence of written arguments through independent research

> Attend field trips > Read widely and learn through

research and discussion, as well as in lectures

You will be assessed by written examination and by submission of a piece of coursework.

Choose this course if… you enjoy finding out about how and why historical events happen and what the consequences of these events are. Lessons are suited to those who enjoy debating and developing arguments about historical issues. It is also ideal if you would like to pursue a career in civil service, journalism, law and teaching, as well as specific history careers such as museum work and archaeology.

Next steps: This course is excellent preparation for a History degree.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with Politics, Classics, English Literature, Sociology and Law. Note you cannot take both Early and Later Modern History together.

Later Modern History (1780-1991)AS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course is for you if you are keen to understand major events in the recent past and if you are curious and willing to read widely to gain a depth of knowledge. This course will allow you to develop many of the themes that you will have enjoyed during GCSE History.

You will: > Cover units on topics such as Russia

(1917-1991) from Lenin to Yeltsin, Mao’s China (1949-1976), protest, agitation and parliamentary reform in Britain (1780-1928)

> Develop skills of research and show evidence of written arguments through independent research

> Attend field trips in the UK and overseas (we currently run a trip to Berlin ever other year)

> Read widely and learn through research and discussion, as well as in lectures

You will be assessed by written examination and by submission of a piece of coursework.

Choose this course if… you enjoy finding out about how and why historical events happen and what the consequences of these events are. Lessons are suited to those who enjoy debating and developing arguments about historical issues. It is also ideal for those wishing to pursue a career in civil service, journalism, law and teaching.

Next steps: This course is excellent preparation for a History degree.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with Politics, Classics, English Literature, Sociology and Law. Note you cannot take both Early and Later Modern History together.

LawAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Law is a fascinating and challenging A Level that provides a fantastic insight into what it would be like to study law at undergraduate level. It also provides a general introduction to the legal system and law making.

You will: > Consider key legal values such as

human rights and morality > Study the foundations of the

English legal system > Understand tort law and human rights > Study and apply criminal law such

as fatal and non-fatal offences > Visit local magistrates and courts,

also you will hear from guest speakers

> Be taught by law specialists with excellent contacts in local law firms

> Learn through group discussion and practical problem solving as well as in lectures and studying written materials

Assessment is by examination.

Choose this course if… you are interested in pursuing further study or a career in the legal sector. It is also a fascinating course if you are interested in current affairs and want to develop your understanding of them and why the law deals with things in certain ways.

Next steps: This course is excellent preparation for a Law degree or other Humanities related degrees. Further professional training can lead to qualification as a barrister or solicitor. Students may also progress to Apprenticeships in the legal sector.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with subjects such as English and History. The course content also links well with Politics, Psychology and Sociology.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Page 104: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

103 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

PhilosophyAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

On this course you will gain an introductory knowledge of philosophy as an academic subject, of current philosophical issues and of philosophical methods.

You will: > Develop your skills of critical

analysis and learn how to construct persuasive, philosophical arguments

> Study modules in epistemology and moral philosophy; considering what we can really know as human beings and how we make moral decisions

> At A Level, study modules in philosophy of mind and philosophy of religion, considering issues such as are the mind and body separate and can we prove God exists?

> Have the opportunity to hear from guest speakers and there will be visits to universities and conferences

Assessment is by examination.

Choose this course if… you enjoy questioning the world around you and are reticent to take what you are told at face value, also discussing/considering the big questions about what exists, morality and knowledge. It is great if you are an avid reader and enjoy formulating arguments in written form (i.e. essay writing). Also, if you like a challenge, and are willing to have your own views challenged. Philosophy students have gone on to a wide variety of occupations: journalism, the civil service, city firms, teaching, management consultancy, social work and the law.

Next steps: This course supports application to all academic courses, not only in the Humanities but also in the arts and sciences.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 5 in English Language and 5 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any Humanities or Science based subjects - although it can fit very well with English Literature and the arts too.

PoliticsAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Politics is a diverse and challenging A Level. It will give you a clear understanding of the British political system in terms of who holds power, how we engage with everyday politics and how power is dispersed globally. It also comprises a comprehensive introduction to the major ideologies that have dominated political philosophy in the western world. In addition, you will examine international relations and their impact on world affairs.

You will: > Study the foundations of the

political system such as democracy, party politics, voting behaviour and elections

> Learn about the constitution, parliament, powers of prime ministers, the role of the Supreme Court and its relationship with the EU

> Look at political ideologies such as conservatism, liberalism, socialism and nationalism

> Examine global power politics ideas and events

Assessment is by examination.

Choose this course if… you enjoy discussing current affairs, both domestically and internationally, following the news and reading around issues, engaging with and campaigning on social and political issues. Politics students have gone on to a wide variety of occupations: journalism, the civil service, teaching, social work, think tanks and the law are some possible destinations.

Next steps: Politics A Level is a well-respected academic course that can lead to degrees such as PPE, International Relations, History and Law.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with History, Law, Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, Geography, Economics, Classics and English.

PsychologyAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Psychology is a fascinating and unique subject introducing students to how the discipline can be applied to everyday life and the academic domain. The study of psychology is research led and demands scientific exploration and rigour.

You will: > Develop your scientific skills in

research, analysis, and the use of theory to develop explanations

> Study a range of topics such as forensic psychology, schizophrenia, the psychology of gender and anxiety disorders, including obsessive compulsive disorder and phobias

> Debate topics such as nature versus nurture

> Learn about the importance of attachment in child development

> Have the opportunity to discuss sensitive topic areas, for example, depression, schizophrenia, phobias and obsessive compulsive disorder

Assessment is by examinations - two 90 minute exams in AS and three 120 minute exams at A Level.

Choose this course if… you have an inquisitive mind and enjoy evaluating and discussing concepts and research.

Next steps: You could study Psychology or other Humanities subjects at university. Further academic study and professional training can lead to a career in education (teaching, educational psychology), business, the health service (e.g. nursing, physiotherapy, sports science, clinical psychology, occupational therapy, counselling), law, police force, forensic psychology, criminology or the prison service.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 5 in English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 in GCSE Biology or Science.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with Sociology, Business, Sport, Biology, Law, English and Drama.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Humanities

Page 105: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

104Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Religious StudiesAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course aims to introduce you to some of the key aspects of religion and ethical issues in contemporary society. It will also cover one major Eastern religion in some depth.

You will: > Explore the beliefs and practices of

Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism. Examine the role of Buddhism in the 21st century, such as whether it aligns with feminism and science

> Examine arguments for and against the existence of the Abrahamic God

> Explore the nature of ethical theories such as egoism and virtue ethics

> Improve your verbal and written skills whilst gaining confidence in public speaking

> Be expected to read widely and regularly on and around the subject and verbally participate in all aspects of the lessons

Assessment is by examination only.

Choose this course if… you enjoy academic debate and having your thinking seriously challenged and your vision of the world widened. Graduating students have gone on to study a wide range of academic subjects both in the arts and sciences.

Next steps: The critical rigour of religious studies is excellent preparation for higher education in the arts and sciences and in professions that value problem solving, independent thinking and creativity.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with other Humanities subjects or sciences.

SociologyAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Sociology is the study of society and human social behaviour - the range of things that govern our interactions with one another. This course gives you knowledge about contemporary society, social processes and social change.

You will: > Study units such as families and

households, education beliefs in society and crime and deviance

> Learn sociological research methods and skills

> Develop your own sociological awareness through wide reading and research and active engagement in the subject

> Operate in an environment of no right answers and learn to evaluate the usefulness of different theories and types of evidence

> Have the opportunity to hear from guest speakers and there will be visits to universities and conferences

External assessment is by written examination.

Choose this course if… you enjoy questioning the world around you and your place within it, analysing everyday issues and institutions, debating and discussing current affairs, nationally and globally. Your high social awareness will be useful in a range of occupations, such as management, advertising, marketing, police, teaching and the caring professions such as nursing or social work.

Next steps: The analytical and interpretative skills you acquire are excellent preparation for university.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with History, Politics, Law, Geography, Philosophy, Religious Studies, Psychology, Economics, Media Studies, and English Literature and Language.

Level 3

Level 3

Page 106: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Information Technology

Our IT and Computing courses are ideal if you want a career in web development, computer graphics, animation, 3D modelling, cyber security, games design or programming, systems engineering, technical support and networking. Our students progress to university or local/national/multi-national companies in these areas.

You could become an individual who solves the problems of the future using existing technologies or develop specific technology to find solutions.

You do not need to have studied IT or computing at school, but you do need to have a keen interest in this exciting and varied area of study.

These courses take place at Victoria House, see pages 19-20 for a map.

InformationTechnology.

Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-164.

105

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for these icons in the course information

105

The Microsoft Minecraft Education team ran a pilot challenge at Exeter College in 2019. This three-hour workshop introduced a group of 20 students to the challenge and invited them to work on solutions to design a ‘Car-free City Centre.’ They collaborated using Minecraft: Education Edition, and presented their prototype solutions.

Page 107: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

106Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Marshall“I’ve enjoyed meeting all the new people and making loads of new friends. I’ve also enjoyed how laid back the lectures are and how we can have a laugh so easily. I’ve also enjoyed all the new things I’ve learnt, such as animation and 3D modelling. My work placement at the Royal Albert Memorial Museum was challenging but I did enjoy it. I got to learn new things and to meet some amazing people who I’ll miss dearly. The bit I enjoyed most about the work placement was definitely all the new things I learnt and being able to work on tasks that the public will see. I hope to move on to an Apprenticeship as I want to stay with the college but be able to be in a business environment. Next, I’m hoping to go on to an Apprenticeship in digital marketing at Exeter College.”

Studied IT Practitioners BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma Previously studied at Exmouth Community College

Information TechnologyBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If you are looking for a career that uses IT in the workplace, this course will give you an excellent foundation.

You will: > Improve your knowledge of both

hardware and software > Develop digital information using IT > Use digital communication

technologies > Solve IT technical problems > Create a spreadsheet > Design a website > Learn to code

You will be assessed by assignments, coursework and presentations, with tests for your English and Maths.

Choose this course if… you have an aptitude for computers and are looking to pursue a career in IT.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in IT is important.

This course takes place at the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Level 1

Employer

“We are very impressed with the students’ commitment and the professional manner in which they have conducted their duties. With their skills and enthusiasm, we were able to complete important projects that wouldn’t otherwise have been possible.”

Royal Albert Memorial Museum’s Skills Development Officer

Page 108: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

107 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Information and Creative Technology - Game Development BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This hands on course will give you an excellent grounding in all aspects of IT, with a particular focus on programming and game development.

You will: > Learn through lectures, practical

work, group work and presentations > Learn how to design and create your

own programmes and apps > Hear from guest speakers in careers

such as graphic design, programmers and technicians

> Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as Thorpe Park

> Study the following units: The Online World, Technology Systems, An Online Portfolio, Digital Video, Automated Computer Systems - Robotics, Database Development, Software Development and Mobile App Development

Assessment is by assignments, external online examinations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you have an interest in learning the skills to be able to create your own computer games and mobile apps.

Next steps: You could go on to study courses including a Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma in Information Technology or apply for an Apprenticeship in the IT industry.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths plus two additional GCSEs at Grade 3 or above, or equivalent. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need to display a passion for IT at interview and have an interest in an IT related career.

Information and Creative Technology - Creative Technologies BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This hands on course will give you an excellent grounding in all aspects of ICT, with a particular focus on digital technologies.

You will: > Learn through lectures, practical

work, group work and presentations > Learn how to design and create

animations, websites and multimedia products

> Hear from guest speakers such as graphic designers, programmers and technicians

> Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as Thorpe Park

> Study the following units: The Online World, Technology Systems, An Online Portfolio, Digital Animation, Automated Computer Systems - Robotics, Database Development, Website Development and installing and maintaining Computer Hardware, You will also complete an Animation project

Assessment is by assignments, external online examinations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you have an interest in learning the skills to be able to create interactive digital animation, multimedia products or websites.

Next steps: You could go on to study courses including a Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma in Information Technology, or apply for an Apprenticeship in the IT industry.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths plus two additional GCSEs at Grade 3 or above, or equivalent. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need to display a passion for IT at interview and have an interest in an IT related career.

Information and Creative Technology - Systems and Networks BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This hands on course will give you an excellent grounding in all aspects of ICT, with a particular focus on creating and maintaining systems and networks.

You will: > Learn through lectures, practical

work, group work and presentations > Learn how to create and maintain

systems and networks in our dedicated PC Lab

> Hear from guest speakers such as graphic designers, programmers and technicians

> Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as Thorpe Park

> Study the following units: The Online World, Technology Systems, An Online Portfolio, Digital Animation, Automated Computer Systems - Robotics, Database Development, Computer Networks and Installing and maintaining Computer Systems. You will also complete a Technical Support project

Assessment is by assignments, external online examinations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you have an interest in learning the practical skills to be able to install and maintain computer systems and networks.

Next steps: You could go on to study courses including a Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma in Information Technology or apply for an Apprenticeship in the IT industry.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths plus two additional GCSEs at Grade 3 or above, or equivalent. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need to display a passion for IT at interview and have an interest in an IT related career.

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2

Information Technology

Page 109: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

108Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

IT - Digital Production, Design and DevelopmentT Level Duration: 2 years

This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their programming skills through a course which has an emphasis on real industry experience with technical and core content needed to work in the software development industry. You will:

> Specialist training covering industry-specific skills where you will work collaboratively as a team to develop software development skills, for example, analyse the initial problem, design, implement, test your solution. Then maintain, change, support and evaluate software

> Study a core set of underpinning knowledge, concepts and skills, you will learn about the business context and culture as well as key parts of the workplace such planning, legislation, security, data and digital analysis.

> An industry placement with an employer, which will last for a minimum of 315 hours

> Develop your English, Maths and Digital skills to the level required occupationally

You will be assessed through external assessment and a substantial employer set project via practical assessments of skills.

Choose this course if… you enjoy the idea of being involved in the development of software which will solve problems for the businesses you are working with.

Next steps: You can progress directly into IT-related employment in software development or develop skills further by proceeding on to an Apprenticeship, university or our HND in Computing.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and programming, with a career aim in a computing related field.

IT - Game DevelopmentBTEC Level Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is aimed at learners who have an interest in computer games and wish to develop their IT skills through Game Development.

You will:> Explore a range of core IT topics in your first year. In the

second year, learners study a range of standard topics and optional modules specifically oriented towards games development including: Mobile Apps Development, Computer Games Development, Digital 2D and 3D Graphics, Digital Animation and Effects

> Investigate a variety of different computer hardware and software, including games consoles

> Have the option to join several exciting trips to see IT in industry and gaming exhibitions

> Visit companies such as BT and the Met Office and hear guest speakers from multinational organisations such as Capgemini

> Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as Thorpe Park

There will be a range of assessment methods for different modules. Including: externally set and marked assignments; internally set and marked assignments; written exam and controlled timed assessments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy games and have an interest in learning how to create your own.

Next steps: You can progress onto higher education, including our HND in Computing. Following this you could seek IT-related employment in areas such as Game Design, Game Programming, Level Design and Game Art by proceeding on to higher education.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or IT, with a career aim in a computing related field.

Level 3Level

3

See pages 41-42 for more

information about T Levels.

Page 110: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

109 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

IT - ComputingBTEC Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their practical skills in computing. This course provides the knowledge, skills and understanding for learners thinking about employment as an IT professional working in a variety of areas such as programming, web development, computer and systems architecture and network security.

You will: > Explore a range of core IT topics in your first year. In the

second year, learners study a range of standard topics and four modules specifically oriented towards computer science technologies including: Mobile Apps Development, Big Data and Business Analytics, Customising and Integrating Applications and the Internet of Things

> Study theoretical aspects in lectures and gain hands on experience in practical workshop-type environments

> Investigate a variety of different computer hardware and software, including games consoles

> Have the option to join several exciting trips to see IT in industry and gaming exhibitions

> Visit companies such as BT and the Met Office and hear guest speakers from multinational organisations such as Capgemini

> Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as Thorpe Park

There will be a range of assessment methods for different modules, including: externally set and marked assignments; internally set and marked assignments; written exam and controlled timed assessments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy programming, data analysis, game design and development. Previous students have gone on to study subjects such as Game Design and Development at Plymouth, Falmouth and UWE universities.

Next steps: You can progress onto higher education, including our HND in Computing. Following this you could seek IT-related employment in areas such as game design, game programming, terrain modelling and games technologies.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations:In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or information technology, with a career aim in a computing related field.

Level 3

Information Technology

IT - Creative TechnologiesBTEC Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their IT skills in creative technologies. This course provides the knowledge, skills and understanding for learners thinking about employment as a creative IT professional working in a variety of areas such as computer graphics, animation, web design and 3D modelling.

You will:> Explore a range of core IT topics including: Information

Technology Systems and using Social Media. In the second year, learners study a range of standard topics and optional modules specifically oriented towards creative technologies including: Digital 2D and 3D Graphics, Digital Animation and Effects, Mobile Apps Development and the Internet of Things

> Study theoretical aspects in lectures and gain hands on experience in practical workshop-type environments

> Investigate a variety of different computer hardware and software, including games consoles

> Have the option to join several exciting trips to see IT in industry and gaming exhibitions

> Visit companies such as BT and the Met Office and hear guest speakers from multinational organisations such as Capgemini

> Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as Thorpe Park

There will be a range of assessment methods for different modules, including: externally set and marked assignments; internally set and marked assignments; written exam and controlled timed assessments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy website development, 2 and 3D animations. Previous students have gone on to study subjects such as Game Design and Audio Broadcasting at Plymouth, Falmouth, Teeside and UWE universities.

Next steps: You can progress onto higher education, including our HND in Computing. Following this you could seek IT-related employment in areas such as web design, animation, computer graphics or 3D modelling.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or IT, with a career aim in a computing related field.

Level 3

Page 111: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

110Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

ITBTEC Level 3 Certificate/Extended Certificate in IT Duration: 2 years

This course gives a workplace-oriented insight into how IT is used. It can lead directly into IT careers.

You will:> Learn to create systems to manage information. This unit

is externally assessed through tasks set and marked by Pearson

> Learn to use social media in business and website development. This is assessed through internally assessed tasks set and marked by Exeter College, this could take the form of written work, question and answer sessions or practical demonstrations

> Learn to use information technology systems. This is externally assessed through a 2 hour written examination set and marked by Pearson

> Learn a fourth topic - either extending your website development skills or developing skills in data modelling

> Work in a dedicated and well equipped IT lab using specialist software that directly mirrors what is used in industry

> Visit companies such as BT and the Met Office and hear guest speakers from multinational organisations such as Capgemini

> Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as Thorpe Park

On completion of the Certificate you may progress to the second year to complete the Extended Certificate in IT.

Choose this course if… you enjoy using computers and have a career aspiration that might involve IT skills.

Next steps: You can progress to further studies in IT, for example, you could go on to study a Computing Higher National Diploma (HND) at Exeter College or you could go on to apply for employment in a wide range of roles that value IT skills. This course is equivalent to one A Level, so can also be used for progression to university.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or IT.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with creative, technical or career-oriented courses.

IT - Systems and NetworksBTEC Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 1 year/2 years

This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their skills in IT Systems and Networking. This course provides the knowledge, skills and understanding for learners thinking about employment as an IT practitioner working in a variety of technical roles such as hardware technician, network administrator, helpdesk support analyst, database administrator, software installation specialist and cyber security specialist.

You will: > Explore a range of core IT topics in your first year. In the

second year, learners study a range of standard topics and optional modules specifically oriented towards IT systems and computer networking including: Technical Support and Management, Cloud Storage and Collaboration Tools, Customising and Integrating Applications and the Internet of Things

> Study theoretical aspects in lectures and gain hands on experience in practical workshop-type environments

> Investigate a variety of different computer hardware and software, including games consoles

> Have the option to join several exciting trips to see IT in industry and gaming exhibitions

> Be able to join our cross college Robotics club

There will be a range of assessment methods for different modules. Including: externally set and marked assignments; internally set and marked assignments; written exam and controlled timed assessments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy fixing, building and networking computers and would like to learn more about cyber security and system engineering. Previous students have gone on to study subjects such as Computer Science, Ethical Hacking, and Networking at universities including Stafford, Bath, Plymouth and other respected universities.

Next steps: You can either progress into IT-related employment in areas such as system engineering, cyber security, networking or technical support or proceed on to higher education. Students wishing to stay within the Exeter area can progress on to our HND in Computing.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. Plus, three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or information technology, with a career aim in a computing related field.

Level 3

Level 3

Page 112: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

111 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

International Baccalaureate

This is an excellent, internationally recognised qualification, ideal for those interested in pursuing an exciting and wide ranging programme of study in six academic subjects, including Maths, English Literature, Science, a Humanity and a Modern Foreign Language. In today’s world, an interdisciplinary course like the International Baccalaureate (IB) offers a brilliant platform into higher education, be that in the UK or overseas, and/or into employment, where employers are looking for a diverse skill-set. Its Core elements - which include Theory of Knowledge, a 4000-word Extended Essay and Creative/Active/Service portfolio - ensure that IB students graduate from a holistic programme which will act as a strong foundation for the rest of their lives.

We are a small, supportive community (approximately 80-100 students across the two years) and you will be taught in small classes with experienced and inspiring teachers and a whole range of materials to help you learn. You will be a member of a tutor group, and will be expected to learn in a multitude of ways, from

International Baccalaureate.

In 2019 our International Baccalaureate students achieved their best ever results for the second year running, with almost a third (32%) of students achieving over 40 points.

Lilith“I have absolutely enjoyed my time studying at Exeter College. There was no question over which college I wanted to go to – I chose Exeter College because I really like the college environment, rather than a sixth form one. You gain independence, it’s got a more university level atmosphere but at the same time you will get the support you need and I think it’s a great stepping point up from school. It’s really good studying six subjects on the IB, because you get the diversity of different subjects. I have been able to explore different interests and I think that has helped me choose my degree better as well.”

Previously studied at Great Torrington School

group presentations and individual research to class discussion, field trips, language residentials, cultural visits, guest speakers, and much more. All subjects involve a coursework element, allowing you to pursue a topic of your own interest.

Our students go on to study at a wide range of higher education providers, with many going on to Russell Group universities, including Oxford and Cambridge, as well as studying overseas. Many will take a gap year, often using their language skills to work or volunteer. Some take an Art Foundation course; others go on to the new Apprenticeship degrees. The IB is a highly regarded qualification and recent research indicates that the vast majority of UK universities view it particularly favourably, citing high success rates for their IB graduates.

This programme of study takes place at the Hele Road site, the Maths and Science Centre and the Centre for Creative Industries. See pages 19-20 for the map.

111

Page 113: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

112Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

International BaccalaureateDuration: 2 years

This qualification allows you to study six subjects (three at Higher (H) Level and three at Standard (S) Level) across a wide range of disciplines spanning languages, arts, humanities, maths and sciences as outlined below, as well as the Core comprising Theory of Knowledge, a 4000-word Extended Essay and a portfolio of Creative, Active and Service activities, known as CAS.

> Group 1 Language English Literature (H and S)

> Group 2 Second Language French (H and S) German (H and S) Italian (for beginners) (S) Spanish (H and S)

> Group 3 Individuals and Society Geography (H and S) Global Politics (H and S) - taught as an elective in group 6 History (H and S) Philosophy (H and S) - taught as an elective in group 6 Psychology (H and S)

> Group 4 Sciences Biology (H and S) Environmental Systems and Societies (S) Chemistry - which is taught in group 6

> Group 5 Mathematics* Mathematics: Analysis and Approaches (S) Mathematics: Applications and Interpretation (H and S)

> Group 6 Electives Art and Design (H and S) Chemistry (H and S) Philosophy (H and S) Second Language* Global Politics (H and S)

*A second language can also be taken, it must be Beginners (ab initio) Italian.

Level 3

*Which Maths course should I choose? Mathematics: Analysis and Approaches - best for students interested in pure Maths, Engineering, Science and Economics. Emphasis on calculus.

Mathematics: Applications and Interpretation - focus on statistics and technology; best for social scientists, and some economists. Standard Level will be similar to ‘old’ Maths Studies. This course would be suitable for Medicine applicants.

You will: > Study six subjects along with a Theory of Knowledge course > Research a topic of special interest and complete an

Extended Essay, with one to one supervision > Have residential opportunities > Take part in field trips, theatre visits, conferences and

other excursions > Collate and submit a portfolio of creative, active and

service/voluntary activities which you have undertaken inside and out of college (known as CAS)

Please note: while we expect to run most if not all of the subjects listed, a minimum number of applicants per subject is required to ensure viability. This impacts most in Group 6, due to the range of options offered.Assessment is through a combination of exams and internal assessment of your oral, written and practical coursework.

Choose the International Baccalaureate if… > You enjoy learning about new subjects in an open,

exploratory environment > You want to keep your options open post-college > You like to learn in small groups with experienced,

knowledgeable and enthusiastic teachers > You would like to join a college programme which goes

beyond academic study and includes plenty of enrichment opportunities, as well as weekly critical thinking lessons (TOK) and a supervised Research Essay, giving the opportunity to study a subject of personal interest with one to one specialist supervision

> You would like to belong to a close-knit, internationally-minded community with students and staff from around the world

> You are interested in progressing to a top university, either in the UK or overseas

> You want to make new, often like-minded friends > You are interested in learning how to learn better!

Next steps: The course is recognised and welcomed by all universities in Britain and most universities across the world and prepares you for nearly all courses, depending on your choice of subjects. Our current average point score (35), which is above the world average, matches and even surpasses the entry requirements for several Russell Group universities including Birmingham and Manchester.

Entry requirements: You need the equivalent of at least eight GCSEs at grade 6 or above, including GCSE English Language and Maths.

For certain subjects (especially higher level) you will need higher grades, for instance a minimum GCSE grade of 7 for higher level Languages or Sciences. If you want to study a language that you have not studied before, you can follow the language for beginners (ab initio) course without a GCSE in that language, but experience of language learning is required.

Page 114: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Languages

Our first class language courses will broaden your horizons as you develop new or existing language skills, whilst giving you an insight into the culture and traditions of other countries.

These courses are studied at our Hele Road site, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Languages.

113

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for this icon in the course information

Elliot“I picked my subjects because I really enjoyed them at GCSE and I also wanted to develop my language skills. Speaking other languages is something that runs in my family. A lot of my family can speak at least one other language and some of them travel all over the world and live in different countries so it’s nice to be able to speak with them in different languages. The classes at college have been really engaging and I went to Paris on a trip during my first year.

I have absolutely loved my time at college so far, everything has been great - the facilities are really good and the teaching staff are incredible.”Studying Spanish, French and History A Levels (with an Extend option - Teaching English as a Foreign Language)Previously studied at West Exe Technology College

Page 115: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

114Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

SpanishA Level Duration: 2 years

This course builds on the knowledge and skills you have acquired at GCSE, to help you express yourself more spontaneously in the language, while learning more about the Spanish speaking world.

You will: > Study highlights of Hispanic artistic culture, including a

focus on Spanish regional identity and the cultural heritage of past civilisations

> Study a Spanish film and a play > Work from original source documents, including online

media, films and television programmes > Explore an area of particular interest in the Spanish

speaking world in an individual research project > Take advantage of our extensive virtual learning

environments and our social media platform > Have the opportunity to take part in a study visit to

Seville in southern Spain

Assessment includes an oral examination and two written tasks, including listening, reading, writing and translation.

Choose this course if… you enjoy learning about the cultures and societies of the Spanish speaking world, if you like learning by doing and if you like to be active in class and don’t mind giving things a go and taking risks.

Next steps: Some students go on to study a foreign language at university and may choose to specialise in an area of language such as translation, interpreting or language teaching. Many students combine a language with another area of interest such as Law, Engineering or Business, among many other possibilities. This enables them to establish a career abroad or with international companies.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in GCSE Spanish. Other experience in Spanish may be taken into account.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with English Language, English Literature, Film Studies, Politics and French/German, Geography and History, which all overlap in different ways. However, languages are required alongside other skills in the workplace, so Science A Levels, Business Studies or almost any other combination is very useful.

Level 3

Page 116: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

115 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

GermanA Level Duration: 2 years

You will develop your German language ability by practising listening, speaking, reading and writing. You will improve your knowledge of vocabulary and grammar and become more confident in using your German, while learning more about the German speaking world.

You will: > Learn to discuss, debate and express your views on

the themes we will be exploring > Watch German films and read German literature > Have opportunities to access German workshops,

tutorials and online materials outside classroom time > Have the opportunity to travel to Germany > Have access to native speakers and guest speakers > Research an area of particular interest in an

independent project

Assessment is by externally assessed oral and written examinations, with listening, reading, grammar translation tasks and essays.

Choose this course if… you are interested in German culture, history, literature and politics and passionate about communication (using vocabulary to express yourself) and learning how language works (finding out about and using grammar). Languages are in demand in many careers such as business, tourism, teaching, banking, politics, translation and interpreting, broadcasting and journalism.

Next steps: You could progress to study at university or find a job where you can use your language skills, which are in good demand.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in GCSE German. Other experience in German may be taken into account.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with Business, Music, Art and Design, Film and Video, English Language, English Literature, Maths and all Sciences, Economics, Geography, Geology and, if you are a linguist, another language A Level.

FrenchA Level Duration: 2 years

This course constitutes an integrated study with a focus on language, culture and society. It fosters a range of transferable skills, including communication, critical thinking and creativity.

You will: > Increase your range of vocabulary and improve your

understanding of grammar > Learn from a native speaker and have the opportunity

to travel to France > Watch French films and read French literature > Research an area of particular interest in your

individual project > Learn about many aspects of life in contemporary

France and the Francophonie > Acquire a deeper cultural awareness of French

speaking communities

Assessment includes an oral examination and two written tasks including listening, reading, writing and translation.

Choose this course if… you enjoy communicating with other people, have a good memory, and find problem solving stimulating. A Level languages are always attractive to university admissions tutors. Languages are also useful in many careers such as leisure and tourism, teaching, journalism, business, politics and international law.

Next steps: You could go on to study at university, whether you specialise in French or combine the language with another subject.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in GCSE French. Other experience in French may be taken into account.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with another foreign language and with A Levels in English Language, English Literature, Film Studies, Geography, History, Sociology or any other subject which may lead to an international career.

Level 3

Level 3

Languages

In 2019 all

language subjects

achieved a 100%

pass rate, with a

massive 58% of

French students

getting high

grades (A*, A, B).

Page 117: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 116

Discover your local Ofsted Outstanding college.

All sites

Thursday 17th October 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 20th November 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 15th January 2020, 5-8pm

Exeter College Showcase 2020

Thursday 23rd April 2020, 4-7pm, Sports Hall All our courses under one roof - a one stop shop to find out what we have to offer, whether you are in Year 9 or 10, or in Year 11 and confirming your choice.

Specialist sites

Falcon House (Construction) and Technology Centre (Engineering, Automotive and Aerospace) Tuesday 12th May 2020, 5-7pm

Apprenticeship Expo

Thursday 6th February 2020, 1-6pm, Sports Hall

For more information on our open events, visit exe-coll.ac.uk or call 01392 400500

See you there!

Open Events.

Page 118: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Mathematics

Our Maths courses are fantastic, whether you need to improve your basic skills or you are keen to go right to the top. For GCSE Maths you will mainly be based in your main faculty area. At A Level you will mostly study in our Maths and Science Centre on Queen Street, which has a student study hub, cafe and meetings rooms as well as spacious Science labs, dedicated Maths classrooms and two Computer Science labs.

Mathematics.

Elizabeth“At college, I really liked being able to study the areas I wanted to within my subjects. If you asked your tutors about something they always knew a lot and would go out of their way to help you. They were always there if you needed them, you could drop them an email and ask for support. Life at college has been fun and interesting. I plan to go on to the University of Plymouth to study Paramedic Science.”Studied Maths, Biology and Chemistry A LevelsPreviously studied at St Peter’s Church of England Aided School, Exeter

117

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for this icon in the course information

STOP PRESSElizabeth achieved a fantastic three As at A Level and is pictured here celebrating her results.

Page 119: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

118Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Find out more about how to travel to college on page 21.EconomicsAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Economics relates to every aspect of our lives, from the decisions individuals make to the policies of governments.

You will: > Develop a deep knowledge

of economic forces and an understanding of how they shape the world around us

> Gain an understanding of the economics that lie behind front page news stories, from Brexit to the Cornish pasty tax

> Look at the UK economy - its performance and policies

> Consider subjects such as inflation, growth, unemployment and foreign trade

> Study business behaviour and the labour market

> Have the opportunity to take part in study trips, attend conferences and visit organisations

Course assessment is through short tests, essays, and case studies. Final assessment is through external examinations.

Choose this course if… you enjoy debating economic issues such as inequality, immigration and how we should pay for healthcare. Using and interpreting data to analyse economic problems. Discussing alternative courses of action. Keeping up to date with national and international trends.

Next steps: Economics is excellent preparation for an Economics degree or a degree in subjects such as business studies, social sciences, history or engineering. Possible career choices for A Level economics students include Apprenticeships in accountancy, stock broking, banking and finance.

Standard entry requirements: You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths at grade 5 or above).

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with Mathematics, Geography, Social Sciences and History.

Level 3

Page 120: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

119 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

MathematicsAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course is ideal if you enjoy Maths and wish to develop your skills. It will take your mathematical knowledge to the next stage, with the study of Pure and Applied Mathematics.

You will: > Focus on fundamental techniques

such as algebra, geometry, trigonometry and calculus (differentiation and integration)

> Develop excellent analytical skills through your study of statistics, including use of large data sets

> Learn how to use mechanics, including Newton’s laws of motion, to solve physical problems involving motion and forces

> Access individual support at weekly drop in sessions

Assessment is by examination.

Choose this course if… you enjoy Maths and want to develop the skills gained at GCSE, particularly the more abstract elements of algebra. Definitely choose it if you want to go to university to study a mathematical course.

Next steps: Mathematics is an essential qualification for Maths, Computer Science, Physics and Engineering degrees and strongly supports many other courses including Biology, Chemistry and Economics as well as working alongside subjects such as Business Studies, Geography, Geology, Environmental Science and Psychology.

Standard entry requirements: GCSE grade 4 in English Language and grade 6 in Maths and grade 6 in Physics/66 in Science. Plus, you will need five more GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: If you have a grade 6 in GCSE Maths, a compulsory supplementary Maths course is provided which requires attendance at an extra Maths Support lesson each week.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with mathematically based courses, particularly Computer Science, for which it is compulsory, physics, for which it is very highly recommended, Biology, Chemistry or Economics.

Double Mathematics (Mathematics plus Further Mathematics)AS/A Level Duration: 2 years

If you really love exploring mathematical relationships and are very strong at Mathematics, you are encouraged to take Further Mathematics in addition to Mathematics A Level. This is taken as Double Mathematics, where you will study A Level Mathematics in your first year and A Level Further Mathematics in your second year. You will have twice the number of maths lessons per week.

You will: > Take units in pure and applied

Mathematics, including statistics > Be able to attend drop in

Mathematics workshops with one to one support to supplement lectures

> Have the opportunity to take part in a Maths challenge

Assessment is by examination.

Choose this course if… you love Maths and want to do more of it! It is excellent preparation for a mathematically based degree at top universities and will help you stand out from the crowd.

Next steps: Mathematics is a valuable qualification for scientific and engineering degrees and has links with many other subjects including Business Studies, Computer Science, Geography, Economics, Biology, Environmental Science and Psychology.

Standard entry requirements: GCSE grade 4 in English Language and grade 7 in Maths and grade 7 in Physics/77 in Science. Plus, you will need five more GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with Physics, Computer Science and other mathematically based courses. For students with an exceptional GCSE profile, double maths can be take as two A Levels as part of a four A Level programme.

Level 3

Level 3

Mathematics

Maths (with Statistics)Level 3 Certificate Duration: 1 year

This course will develop your mathematical skills beyond GCSE. Maths is vital in the modern world and is increasingly important in a wide range of careers. It sits well alongside three other A Levels that includes any mathematical content. It is equivalent to an AS Level, but with a greater emphasison applications rather than abstractmathematical techniques. Note: thisis a one year course only and not available as a full A Level. Your programme would be equivalent to 4subjects in year 1 and you would not be able to fit in an Extend option.

You will: > Learn to apply Maths to address

problems and questions in the real world

> Develop the skills to represent or model situations mathematically

> Use Maths and statistics to make logical and reasoned arguments in a variety of contexts

Assessment is by examination at the end of the year.

Choose this course if… you enjoy using Maths where you can see how it is applied, rather than doing abstract algebra, and if you want to strengthen your Maths for your other subjects.

Next steps: You can go on to further study, training or employment with stronger Maths skills. The transferable skills of numeracy, mathematical modelling and problem solving skills are highly desirable. It is particularly valuable to prepare you for any degree course or career where data analysis, statistics (for example in social science research) or logical problem solving is required.

Entry requirements: You will need to have achieved eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including Maths and English Language).

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any course with some mathematical content such as Environmental Science or other Sciences, Economics, Psychology, Geography, Business Studies or other Humanities or Social Science subjects.

Level 3

Page 121: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Media and Film

If you are interested in film, radio, TV, digital or print media or would like to explore the theoretical and practical issues of media, then our exciting media and film courses are ideal for you.

You’ll get the chance to use the TV studios and take part in many production projects throughout the year, as well as contributing to our annual shows, such as the Exeter College Oscars, final project screenings and much more. There is also an opportunity for you to be involved with our radio station, Spark Radio, see page 14.

Mediaand Film.

120

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for these icons in the course information

Georgia“During my Level 3 course I enjoyed experimenting with different types of film making and exploring new locations. I chose to stay at Exeter College to study Film and TV FdA as I wanted to concentrate my skills into one field. For example, in my first year I created a film based on colour and emotions and that then made me want to be a colourist.

I enjoyed working independently creating films of my choice and watching my skills develop as a producer and film maker. After my degree I think I will possibly start an Apprenticeship at a studio and work as a colourist.”Studying Film and TV FdA with Exeter College’s Centre for University Level Studies Previously studied at Clyst Vale Community College

Page 122: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

121 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Media and Film

Digital MediaBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If working in digital media appeals to you then this vocational course will be a good choice.

You will: > Create an interactive presentation > Create an animation > Shoot a short film > Create a storyboard and

television advert > Take part in a week’s work experience > Enhance your English and

Maths ability > Gain self-confidence and the

knowledge to apply for jobs in the sector

> Understand and develop the skills and qualities necessary to work in this industry

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for Maths and English.

Choose this course if… you enjoy being creative and have a practical approach to learning. An interest in media is important but experience is not, just a willingness to learn.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the digital media industry is important.

This course takes place at the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Media Production and TechnologyLevel 2 Award and Diploma (UAL) Duration: 1 year

This practical course will develop your technical skills and experience in a variety of media products, professional equipment and creative activities.

You will: > Analyse media products and present

research on media techniques > Produce work in animation, film

trailers, advertising and music videos > Take part in trips to local cinemas,

media companies or TV studios > Work in our purpose built CCI

building using industry standard production equipment, including HD equipment

> Develop transferable skills in communication, writing, teamwork, problem solving and creativity

You will be assessed on a portfolio of evidence created during practical and written assignments.

Choose this course if… you enjoy film making, camera work and editing, and being creative.

Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 Diploma and Extended Diploma in Creative Media Production and Technology or an alternative vocational course, before seeking a role in the industry or continuing your studies at university.

Standard entry requirements: You will need English Language and Maths at grade 3, however we do make exceptions depending on other grades achieved. You will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent such as a Merit in a Level 1 qualification.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A strong interest in the media and an interest in getting hands on experience in making films as part of a team.

Creative Media Production and TechnologyLevel 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL) Duration: 2 years

This course is designed to prepare you for work in the film and TV industry.

You will: > Develop your research, practical and

creative skills in pre-production, production and post-production

> Use industry standard equipment including our TV Studio, edit suites and a radio station

> Produce projects in film, advertising, TV drama (including scriptwriting), documentary, music video and experimental film

> Train in the use of HD DV cameras and other specialist media equipment

> Learn from professional guest speakers and take part in trips to film festivals, screenings, conferences and exhibitions

> Have your final major project screened in a public cinema environment

Assessment is by coursework and productions.

Choose this course if… you enjoy exploring moving image work in all its forms, taking ownership of your own creative ideas and working in a dynamic team environment.

Next steps: Students typically move on to further study in film and TV such as Exeter College’s Film and TV Production Foundation Degree.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. If you don’t have grade 4 in GCSE Maths, you will need to study it alongside this course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A keen interest in creative media.

Level 1

Level 3

Level 2

Page 123: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

122Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Creative Media Production and Technology (Journalism)Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL) Duration: 2 years

This course is designed for those who want to develop a career in journalism and the publishing industry. It will focus on many aspects of both digital and print journalism including magazine design and photography.

You will:> Have the opportunity to develop

practical and creative skills through a variety of assignments, such as news and feature writing, photojournalism, magazine/newspaper design and production, documentary and podcasts

> Learn about journalism law, professional writing skills and research techniques

> Use research to write news stories and features

> Find out how to conduct interviews for print and online outlets

> Create designs using industry standard software such as InDesign

> Develop photography and audio recording and editing skills

> Have the opportunity to visit The Guardian in London

> Work as an editorial team to produce a college magazine

The course has no exam and you are assessed continuously over the two years of the course.

Choose this course if… you enjoy writing, photography and investigative journalism. This course is ideal if you have a keen interest in the industry.

Next steps: You could go on to higher education to study a Journalism degree or a Communications, PR or Marketing degree.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. If this does not include Maths, you must study this alongside the course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A keen interest in journalism.

Level 3 Film Studies

A/AS Level Duration: 2 years

What do Scorsese, Coppola and Lucas have in common? They all studied films before they started making them. This course allows you to study different genres of film whilst also producing your own material.

You will: > Deepen your appreciation of cinema

and understanding of the historical, political and cultural context of films

> Study contemporary Hollywood and British film, world cinema and the ‘classics’

> Have the opportunity to go on the New York media trip

> Critically analyse film extracts > Develop your own screenplays > Use industry standard equipment,

including HD equipment and Final Cut Pro

Assessment is by coursework and examination.

Choose this course if… you enjoy studying, watching and writing about films from different time periods, alongside creating your own film-based productions.

Next steps: You could progress onto university level study in a variety of film/media theoretical or practical courses or you may wish to consider Exeter College’s Film and TV Production Foundation Degree.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A keen interest in different kinds of film.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with Media Studies, Humanities courses, Art and Design courses and Languages (including English).

Level 3

Page 124: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

123 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Media and Film

Film and Video - Art and DesignAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Are you a budding creative film maker? If so, then this course offers an excellent career start.

You will: > Experiment with different film

styles in a professional standard HD TV studio

> Learn how to analyse films in Hollywood and art-cinema forms, and apply these ideas to your own work

> Work with musicians, actors, artists, local arts organisations such as the Royal Albert Memorial Museum and Exeter Phoenix

> Visit centres of excellence such as the Bill Douglas Centre, Harry Potter World and @Bristol

Your work will be assessed informally, with your final grade set by an externally moderated assignment and the assessment of one unit of coursework.

Choose this course if… you want to find your own style as a creative film maker.

Next steps: You could progress on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design and a Photography or Film and TV Production Foundation Degree, both here at Exeter College. There is a strong progression rate to film and digital art degree courses from this programme.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Some experience of film, video or artwork would be useful but not essential. A grade 4 or above in Art GCSE is preferable.

See pages 49-55 for other art related courses.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme, however it cannot be taken alongside AS Fine Art.

Media StudiesA Level Duration: 2 years

What do you think of Childish Gambino’s view of America? How much do the media shape the way you think? This course allows you to study different forms of media whilst producing your own material.

You will: > Study a range of video games, TV

series, advertising, magazines and radio texts, both old and new

> Learn production skills to make a music video, magazine or a TV extract

> Apply analytical and critical skills in discussion and essays

Assessment is by coursework and examination.

Choose this course if… you enjoy discussing issues and debates about the media, analysing meanings in a variety of media products and learning production skills.

Next steps: You could progress on to university level study, such as Exeter College’s Film and TV Production Foundation Degree.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, you should have a strong interest in one of the major forms of media.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with Film Studies, English, History, Sociology, Art, Photography and Graphics.

Level 3

Level 3

Page 125: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

124Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 124

Lucy“Following my studies I am going to Bournemouth University to study Media and Communications. At college, I have enjoyed meeting new people, making friends and also using all the equipment in the Media department. There were lots of different staff on hand to help with all elements of my studies. The equipment and facilities were fantastic - the classroom was filled with Mac Suites along one side and you could use the TV studio whenever you wanted to.”Studied Media Studies, Psychology and History A LevelsPreviously studied at St Cuthbert Mayne School, Torquay

“Lucy has been really independent at college and it’s definitely helped her gain her sense of independence. It’s what she wanted - she wanted to go somewhere where she was in charge of her own life and her own choices to help her be ready for her next steps.

As a parent, I have had no worries at all. There is lots of communication from college and different ways I can find out what is going on but still support her in being independent and ready for her future. As a family that really worked for us.”

Rachael, parent of Lucy who gained an A* and two A’s at A Level. They are pictured here celebrating at A Level results day.

Page 126: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Music

Our dedicated facilities in the Centre for Music and Performance provide a specialist space for you to explore, compose and perform music. In our studio production facilities, you will be able to use industry standard equipment, both for multi-track recording and sequencing.

As an Exeter College Music Academy student, you will be able to attend regular workshops, masterclasses, concerts, trips and talks across a wide range of styles and genres. All music performance students are expected to support their studies with instrumental or vocal lessons - the Music Academy offers competitively priced instrumental and vocal lessons with some of the county’s leading professional musicians.

Find out about our fantastic Music Academy - see page 48 for more information.

Music.

Harry“I am now studying at Leeds College of Music hoping to make Music my career and show my genre of music to the world. The Music department at Exeter College is a very expressive environment and it allows everyone to be themselves. It was a very open and encouraging atmosphere - everyone was allowed to be the person they wanted to be and to be the musician they wanted to be.”Studied Music A Level, Music (Performance) Level 3 Certificate and Music Technology BTEC Subsidiary Diploma Previously studied at St Peter’s Church of England Voluntary Aided School

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for these icons in the course information

125

Page 127: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

126Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

MusicUAL Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This programme focuses on practical skills and how to develop as a musician, both as an individual and as part of a group. You will be involved in the planning and performance of a wide range of music, whilst studying about the industry and developing your musical knowledge.

You will: > Study a wide range of musical

subjects, including how to survive in the music business and develop your musical skills as a professional

> Put on successful music events in the local community, whilst developing your rehearsal and performance skills in our purpose built rehearsal suites and performance area

> Develop a solo performance repertoire which will help you prepare for auditions

> Use a variety of music technology recording equipment and software with access to our music technology suites and studios

> Understand the music theory behind pop/rock music, focusing on applying the concepts practically through composition

> Develop the research and writing skills needed to progress

Assessment is by written and practical assignments.

Choose this course if… you are an aspiring musician who wants to develop a range of skills, including performance and production techniques, song writing and music theory.

Next steps: On successful completion, you could progress on to the BTEC Level 3 90-Credit Diploma/Extended Diploma in Music or employment in the industry.

Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 3 or above, including English and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A strong interest in music, as well as the ability to play an instrument to a reasonable standard (this is assessed through a short audition at interview).

Level 2

Page 128: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

127 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Music

Music Technology (Production)BTEC Level 3 Certificate/ Subsidiary Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course will take your experience of music and sound production to the next level. You must have a keen interest in sequencing, recording and performance.

You will: > Learn a range of production

techniques and apply them to different music styles and genres

> Use music technology to support real media and performance projects

> Practise sound creation and manipulation

> Develop and deliver music products for the college record label

> Work in our industry standard recording studios and Mac suites

> Carry out individual research and presentation alongside your practical work

Assessment is continuous and coursework based.

Choose this course if… you are interested in exploring sound design and creative recording and production techniques.

Next steps: You could progress to study the Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma then courses such as Music Technology or Production at university.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: The ability to sing or play an instrument to a comfortable standard is desirable. Previous experience with some form of sequencing and recording software is advantageous, for example, Logic Pro, Cubase, Pro Tools, Garage Band and Fruity Loops.

This course can be combined with two other A Levels (see pages 43-44) and goes well with A Level Music or any other A Level course.

MusicBTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This applied, performance-based course offers you a broad range of study if you are hoping to pursue a career in music.

You will: > Study the place of music in our

society, working in the music industry, music theory and its practical application, composing and arranging, performance techniques and improvisation

> Develop your skills using our professional-standard equipment and Logic and Pro Tools to sequence and record to a high standard

> Attend concerts, workshops and gigs > Deliver your final performance

at Exeter Phoenix > Join ensembles including Big Band,

choirs and Jazz Project > Benefit from our strong links with

music industry professionals to gain work experience and plan your career

Assessment is by written and practical assignments.

Choose this course if… you live and breathe music and have a strong motivation for studying music at higher education or entering the music industry.

Next steps: You could progress to study Music Performance, Commercial Music, Songwriting, Composition or Production at university.

Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language and Maths.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: The ability to play an instrument with confidence and intermediate skill (assessed through an audition at interview). Vocalists are encouraged to learn either piano or guitar to support their studies.

Music TechnologyBTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma/ Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course is for you if you have a strong desire to pursue a career within the growing field of music technology or sound recording. The music industry is a billion pound sector of the economy with new opportunities emerging for employment in the fields of music for media, gaming and sound design, as well as traditional sound engineering and composition pathways.

You will: > Work closely with music industry

professionals, attend masterclasses with respected DJs and collaborate with performance students, as well as gaining hands on experience of live mixing, studio recording and collaborative composition projects

> Learn how to sequence music using the latest version of Logic as well as having access to Pro Tools

> Study subjects such as audio engineering, music theory, sound creation and manipulation and learn how the music industry works

Assessment is by practical and written assignments.

Choose this course if… you want to learn a wide range of music production skills that will offer you a varied array of music industry career opportunities.

Next steps: You could progress to study courses such as Commercial Music or Music Technology at university.

Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language and Maths.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: The ability to sing or play an instrument to a comfortable level is desirable but not essential. Technology experience is desirable, including knowledge of sequencing programs and recording.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Page 129: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

MusicA Level Duration: 2 years

Studying this course will give you an understanding of the techniques of performance, harmony and composition, and a historical perspective on a wide variety of music styles and traditions.

You will: > Perform, compose and critically appraise music throughout

the course > Join orchestras, choirs, bands and other groups > Take trips to professional concerts > Practise in our purpose built recording studios, rehearsal

suites and performance areas > Join Exeter College’s Music Academy, with its masterclasses

and workshops led by industry professionals

You will be assessed by a combination of coursework (60%), including a performance recital and composition portfolio, and by an end of year written examination (40%).

Choose this course if… you are enthusiastic and curious about a wide range of musical styles and genres and want to explore these in much greater detail through performance, composition and musical analysis.

Next steps: You could go on to a university or music conservatoire or work in areas such as performance, composition, music teaching, music journalism or music therapy.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 in GCSE Music and/or grade 5 theory, along with previous participation in music ensembles would be an advantage. You must be able to read standard music notation confidently and be familiar with both treble and bass clefs. You should be able to perform at a standard equivalent to grade 4/5, in the absence of exam certificates, evidence will be required of the standard of performance.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme.

Music (Performance)BTEC Level 3 Certificate/ Subsidiary Diploma Duration: 2 years

If you already have performing experience and would like to consolidate your musical skills in a practical, industry relevant way, then this course is ideal.

You will: > Take part in performances culminating in a final

performance > Focus specifically on writing and developing original material > Study practical units which focus on developing stylistic

awareness, ensemble skills and musical ability > Study an aural/theory unit which provides the underlying

knowledge and skills required to work in the music industry > Undertake a recording project in the second year

Assessment is by written and practical coursework.

Choose this course if… you enjoy writing and performing original songs and want to expand your musicianship skills and theory knowledge.

Next steps: Many students who complete this course progress to university to study subjects such as popular music and songwriting.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A good intermediate performance standard is required on an instrument or voice (at equivalent to grade 4/5). You will do a short solo performance in the first week in which you will demonstrate an appropriate level of technical skill and musicality. Singers are strongly advised to learn the piano or guitar. You must also have a good basic understanding of music notation - you do not need to be able to read music fluently, however, you must know basic pitch (notes) and rhythm notation.

This course can be combined with two other A Levels (see pages 43-44) and goes well with A Level Music or any other A Level course.

Level 3

Level 3

128

Find out more about our fantastic Music

Academy on page 48.

Page 130: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Science

Our wide range of separate Science or Applied Science courses are ideal if you are logical, analytical and interested in developing research and technical skills. You will be mostly taught in our purpose built laboratories and lecture rooms at the new Maths and Science Centre. The Maths and Science Centre opened on Queen Street in Autumn 2015. This completely renovated building has a study area, cafe and meeting rooms, as well as spacious science labs, dedicated Maths classrooms and a computer science lab.

Find out about our excellent Maths and Science Centre, see page 16.

Science.

129

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

Look out for this icon in the course information

Micael“I have really enjoyed learning about the laws that determine what happens around us and being able to experiment with these in the practicals. Being in a classroom with people that have the same interests was really superb. The teachers have always been very supportive if I had any questions. The classroom environment was supportive overall. I would definitely recommend Exeter College. I think it is a perfect stepping stone from school to university or career options, as it gives you the freedom to grow, but at the same time being there for anything you need help with.”Studying Chemistry, Physics, Maths A Levels and EPQ Previously home-schooled in Italy

Page 131: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

130Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Level XApplied Science

(Biomedical/Forensic Science)BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This exciting, practical course will equip you with a range of scientific principles and skills such as chemical analysis, microbiology and mathematical applications in science.

You will: > Look at the principals and applications of science > Use practical scientific procedures and techniques > Develop and understand science investigation skills and

lab techniques and their application > Carry out an investigative project > Consider contemporary issues in science > Use a dedicated forensic science lab > Enjoy frequent visits to several universities and employers > Attend careers fairs and be encouraged to undertake

work experience

Assessment is mainly by written assignments. In each year, approximately 18% of the course is based on a written exam.

Choose this course if… you are interested in a full time rigorous Science course with a level of demand equivalent to A Level, but mainly assessed by coursework. You will be aspirational and wanting to develop a career in an area such as biomedical, applied or forensic science.

Next steps: Successful students can continue their studies into many different university courses such as Forensic Sciences, Biomedical courses and Forensic Psychology. Alternatively, you may seek employment in a variety of roles including laboratory technician, crime scene investigator and the police or fire service.

Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language and Maths.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 in Double Award or separate Sciences is also required. Success at the end of year one in the Foundation Diploma is required to progress on to Year 2, with the expectation of consistent work of at least Merit level.

Level 3

Take a full 360 degree virtual tour of our Maths and Science Centre at exe-coll.ac.uk/STEM

We also offer Biology GCSE (1 year course), for further information please visit our website.

Page 132: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

131 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Science

BiologyAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course will give you the skills to make connections and associations between all living things around you. Being such a broad topic, you are bound to find a specific area of interest, plus it opens up the door to a fantastic range of careers.

You will: > Gain an understanding of scientific

methods > Learn about scientific advances in

technology relevant to biology > Attend a field work visit > Take part in a DNA technology

workshop > Improve your communication

skills in science, including how to reference, writing a synoptic essay and lab reports

> Develop your practical and investigative skills through lab work in our new laboratories

> Enhance your data analysis and evaluation skills

Assessment is by written examinations which will include the assessment of your knowledge of practical procedures.

Choose this course if… you enjoy learning about how processes in living organisms really happen and how all living organisms are interconnected. It is also ideal if you are interested in studying topics related to health and human effects on the environment.

Next steps: You could progress to higher education or a career in pharmacy, medicine, dentistry, veterinary science and related health subjects. Progression routes include biological science, biochemistry and biomedical science.

Standard entry requirements:You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language, and Maths (grade 5).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 in Biology and Chemistry, or equivalent.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with Chemistry and Maths (A Level or Level 3 Certificate). Psychology, PE and Environmental Science are also popular combinations.

ChemistryAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

This course offers you a structured transition from GCSE Science and Chemistry courses and prepares you for the more in depth scientific study of higher education courses or the world of work in a scientific field.You will: > Gain an appreciation of important

chemical principles which are fundamental to our understanding of the world

> Learn how scientists investigate scientific phenomena in their attempts to explain the world

> Undertake practical work in new well-equipped laboratories

> Study physical, organic and inorganic chemistry, analytical chemistry techniques and chemistry in action

Assessment is by written examinations which will include the assessment of your knowledge of practical procedures.

Choose this course if… you enjoy problem solving, building connections within subject knowledge and understanding the scientific principles behind processes.

Next steps: You could progress to higher education and then on to careers in chemistry, chemical engineering, biochemistry, pharmaceuticals, forensic science, medicine and related subjects. A scientific training stands you in good stead for careers in a whole range of occupations, including management.

Standard entry requirements: You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language, and Maths (grade 6).

Subject specific entry requirements: Grade 6 in Chemistry and Physics, or equivalent.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with Biology, Maths (A Level and Level 3 Certificate), Physics and Geology.

Computer ScienceA Level Duration: 2 years

Are you keen to understand how computing could change the world? If so, Computer Science is for you. It is all about designing new sets of instructions (algorithms) to solve new problems.

You will: > Gain insight into computational

thinking: a kind of reasoning used by humans and machines in logical thought processes

> Look at the future: could we be computing with DNA at some stage, with computer circuits made of genes?

> Conduct experiments to learn more about the natural world through software simulations

> Develop transferable skills including abstract thinking, mathematical reasoning and problem solving

> Study programming and operating systems

Assessment is by examination, with some coursework in the second year.

Choose this course if… you love programming and want to work in computer science, software engineering or games development, or with Big Data and the Data Scientists of the future. Or you enjoy logic problems and working through complex algorithms.

Next steps: Computer Science A Level students go on to university courses in Computer Science, Mathematics, Law, Business, Politics and Sciences.

Standard entry requirements: You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language, and Maths (grade 6).

Subject specific entry requirements: Grade 6 in GCSE Physics, or equivalent. Please note that you must also study A Level Maths alongside this A Level.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with Mathematics (which is compulsory) and Physics. Further Mathematics is an excellent option for strong mathematicians who have the grade profile for a four A Level programme to take alongside these courses to help prepare them for courses at the top universities.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Page 133: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

132Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Level

XEnvironmental ScienceAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Students who enjoy a multi-disciplinary approach to learning and have a keen interest in the sustainability of our planet will find this course engaging and thought provoking.

You will: > Gain an understanding of how Earth’s

systems are used to propose changes in society that would produce sustainable lifestyles

> Learn about why species are important, how they are threatened and methods to conserve them

> Attend various trips, for example ecological sampling, Paignton Zoo and National Marine Aquarium Plymouth

> Study the science of climate change > Learn about the impacts and

management of unsustainable exploitation of water, mineral resources and soil

> Study how we manage pollution, energy and biological resources

> Develop your practical and investigative skills through lab work in our new laboratories

Assessment is by examination which will include the assessment of your knowledge of practical procedures.

Choose this course if… you enjoy a multi-disciplinary approach to learning and have a keen interest in the sustainability of our planet, from the conservation of wildlife to the development of technology to improve renewable energy resources.

Next steps: You could progress to a wide range of university courses, or to employment with organisations such as the Environment Agency, the National Trust and conservation agencies.

Standard entry requirements: You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language and Maths.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with Geography, Geology and Biology.

GeologyAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Geology is a subject that brings Science and Physical Geography together to help us understand one of the most interesting subjects imaginable - the Earth we live on - and how it formed and developed over billions of years.

You will: > Learn about the formation and

structure of our Earth > Study earthquakes and volcanoes

and the hazards they can produce > Consider the evolution of life

and climate > Understand how geology influences

water supply, energy resources, construction materials and engineering

> Go on trips to experience geology in the field and to acquire essential practical skills

Assessment is by examination which will include the assessment of your knowledge of practical procedures.

Choose this course if… you enjoy applying scientific knowledge to the study of our planet. Geology involves elements of Physics, Chemistry and Biology and appeals to students who like a practical and problem solving approach to learning.

Next steps: You could progress to a wide range of university courses in Geology and Geophysics. It also supports the physical aspects of a Geography degree. Or you could go on to training and employment in fields such as geology, seismology, geo-engineering, or resource exploration.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above including two Sciences.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with A Levels in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Maths, Environmental Science and Geography.

PhysicsAS/A Level Duration: 2 years

If you choose to study Physics, you are opting for a subject that is stimulating, exciting and challenging in its own right, and an essential foundation for many careers.

You will: > Cover a wide range of topics from

elementary particle physics to Newton’s laws of motion and gravity

> Gain great satisfaction and enjoyment from understanding the most recent developments in physics research

> Develop your logical thinking, problem solving and mathematical skills

> Carry out practical work in new fully equipped physics laboratories

Assessment is by written examinations which will include the assessment of your knowledge of practical procedures.

Choose this course if… you want to know how the natural world works and what the fundamental forces and principles are which underlie the building blocks of the universe. Physics is a great A Level for a range of mathematical and scientific careers including Architecture, Medicine, Computer Science and Geology. It is also a well-respected qualification for a range of professions such as law or management.

Next steps: You could progress to university, training or an Apprenticeship in Physics or Engineering.

Standard entry requirements: You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language, and Maths (grade 6).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 in GCSE Physics or Double Award Science. If you have a grade 6 in Maths, a compulsory supplementary Maths course is provided - this requires attendance at an extra Maths lesson per week.

This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with A Level Biology, Chemistry or Computer Science. Maths A Level is very highly recommended and essential for progression to university in Physics or Engineering. If you don’t take Maths A Level, the Level 3 Certificate in Maths is available as an Extend option (see page 45).

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Page 134: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Sport and Fitness

Sport, Fitness and Outdoor Adventure.

Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-164.

133

We have a diverse range of vibrant sport, PE, fitness and outdoor adventure courses at all levels here at Exeter College. You will have the opportunity to learn sport in a practical and applied environment. You could join our sports academies, allowing you to continue with your academic studies and improve your sporting performance.

These courses take place at Victoria House site and our outdoor adventure courses are delivered at Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre (unless otherwise stated), see pages 19-20 for maps.

In 2019 we opened a brand new £2.4million Gym and Dance Studio, as part of our Sports Hall building which opened in 2015.

Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre at Exeter Quay offers a wide range of activities including sailing, canoeing, kayaking, windsurfing, climbing, abseiling, caving, orienteering, archery, raft building, team building and first aid, as well as a Powerfan freefall descent. Working in partnership with Devon County Council, this world class centre is used by outdoor adventure students as well as the community.

Jack“I chose my A Level subjects because I enjoyed all of them at school and wanted to carry on studying them. In terms of balancing my studies with the Rugby Academy, it has been quite easy and fluid in terms of managing my time. The coaches help you manage things really well, so you get a good balance of academic study and playing rugby. Within the Academy we are pushed to be student athletes – so our studies come first and rugby second.

I am lucky enough to be Captain of the team this year and we went to compete in Japan, which I was so excited about. It was a real group effort – from training sessions to analysis sessions to gym sessions - everyone has worked hard to get here. As a team we have a strong bond and love playing together and there is good communication with the coaches too.”Studying Geography, Physical Education and Business Studies A Levels Previously studied at Teignmouth Community School

Page 135: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

134Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Look out for these icons in the course information

Ben“My course has been amazing. I am really interested in the anatomy of the body and also psychology of how people act in sports so it’s been perfect for that. We have regular meetings with our tutors to keep up to date and raise any queries we have. The Sports Academy fits in really nicely with my studies - educations clearly comes first and sports fit in around the subjects you pick.”Studying BTEC 90 Credit Diploma in Sport and Exercise Sciences, Level 3 Previously studied at Holyrood Academy, Somerset

134

Page 136: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

135 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Outdoor AdventureBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

This work-related course provides you with an insight into working within Outdoor Adventurous Activities. While studying on the BTEC Level 1 Diploma you will also work towards gaining introductory qualifications within the industry.

You will: > Take part in activities including

kayaking, canoeing, climbing, caving and mountain biking

> Work in our Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre

> Develop your essential, transferable skills in literacy and numeracy

> Gain practical experience and work placements as part of the course

> Understand and develop the skills and qualities necessary to work in this industry

> Learn about first aid

Assessment is through practical observation, witness statements, written coursework and assignments.

Choose this course if... you are thinking about a future in the world of sports and leadership. This course is a great platform for you to develop your confidence, sporting ability, leadership and coaching style.

Next steps: You could progress to the Level 2 in Outdoor Adventure or apply for an Apprenticeship in outdoor education.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You also need the personal qualities required to work in the outdoor and adventurous activities industry.

This course takes place at Haven Banks OEC and the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Level XSport (Outdoor and

Adventurous Activities)BTEC Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This specialist course builds on your experience of outdoor adventurous activities and starts to develop your leadership and planning skills.

You will: > Participate in a range of activities

from kayaking to caving, beginning to take on the role of a guide and leader

> Combine practical work and theory, studying subjects like anatomy and physiology

> Develop your knowledge and ability in fitness testing and training

> Plan and lead a range of sports activities and gain work and expedition experience

> Have opportunities to achieve national governing body qualifications

> Work in our Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre and other local facilities

Assessment is by assignments, external examinations, observation and written work.

Choose this course if… you enjoy both outdoor and adventurous activities as well as learning more about fitness.

Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 qualification in Outdoor Adventure, an Outdoor Adventure Apprenticeship or work in the industry.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent and two at grade 2 or above.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need the personal qualities for working in the outdoor adventure industry.

Sport (Outdoor Adventure)BTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma/ Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course will take your knowledge, skills and experience of the outdoor adventurous activities industry to advanced level.

You will: > Continue the development of

your outdoor activity skills within kayaking, canoeing, climbing, sailing, caving and hill walking and navigation skills

> Develop your leadership skills, practice and experience

> Become competent in assessing and managing equipment, facilities and risk

> Gain advanced skills in a range of water based and land based adventurous activities

> Participate in work experience, study trips and expeditions

> Study topics such as nutrition and sustainable outdoor adventure

Assessment is mainly through coursework set by your lecturers, along with some externally assessed aspects.

Choose this course if… you enjoy and want to develop your skills and leadership in outdoor and adventurous activities. The course is suitable for those that are enthusiastic, hard working and willing to push their comfort zone.

Next steps: On completion of this course you may wish to progress to a Foundation Degree or enter the outdoor activities industry directly, either as an Apprentice or through employment.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you do not have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to work towards an appropriate Level 2 qualification in this subject. Plus, you will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A desire to participate and engage with a range of outdoor activities in a variety of environments and weather conditions. The personal qualities required to work in the outdoor and adventurous activities industry are essential.

Level 1

Level 3

Level 2

Outdoor Adventure

Page 137: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

136Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Did you know? We have an all-weather, community accessible 3G astroturf pitch which is used for a range of sports and wellbeing activities.

Sport (Futsal Academy)BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

This course will introduce you to the sport and leisure industry, combined with representing Exeter City in our Futsal Academy.

You will: > Study topics such as the sports

performer in action, injury and the sports performer and profiling sports performance

> Earn qualifications that will support future employment in the sport and leisure industry, and have the opportunity to take part in our National Citizenship Service (NCS) programme

> Train in a professional environment and represent Exeter City in the EFL Trust’s National Futsal Programme

> Receive free entry to selected Exeter City Football Club fixtures

Assessment is by external examinations, assignments and observation.

Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more about a career in the sports industry or want to progress on to the BTEC Level 3 National Extended Diploma in Sport.

Next steps: After completing the BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate you may pursue employment or an Apprenticeship within the sport and leisure industry. Alternatively, you can continue your studies at Exeter College by progressing to a Level 3 course.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language. You will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or equivalent and two at grade 2 or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You also need the personal qualities for working in the sports industry, a willingness to get involved practically and an enthusiasm for futsal.

This course takes place at Victoria House, Exeter College’s gym and St James Park.

SportBTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

On this examinable, written and practical course, you will gain an excellent introduction to the sport and active leisure industry.

You will: > Study subjects such as anatomy and

physiology for sport and profiling sports performance

> Learn how to plan, lead and evaluate sports activities

> Engage in a range of sports to develop your own skills

> Understand how lifestyle affects performance

> Undertake fitness training and testing

Assessment is by external examinations, assignments and observation.

Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more about a career in the sports industry or want to progress on to the BTEC Level 3 National Extended Diploma in Sport.

Next steps: After completing the BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate you may pursue employment or an Apprenticeship within the sport and leisure industry. Alternatively, you may be able to continue your studies at Exeter College by progressing to a Level 3 course.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language. You will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or equivalent and two at grade 2 or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will also need the personal qualities for working in the sports industry and enthusiasm for sport.

Level 2

Level 2

Level XPhysical Activity,

Fitness and Exercise Science (Fitness Instructor)Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

The course gives you an in depth look into health and fitness and provides you with a vocational qualification, giving you the opportunity to work within the industry and progress on to the Level 3 Personal Training Certificate/Diploma, alongside other continuing personal development units.

You will: > Study the principles of anatomy,

physiology and fitness to understand how the body operates for physical activity

> Learn about the different elements involved in working within the health and fitness industry. For example, the active leisure and learning sector, health and safety and welfare, including lifestyle factors, such as nutrition advice and managing personal and professional development

> You will gain valuable experience in working with real members of Exeter College’s gym facility, delivering inductions and a variety of fitness sessions

> You will also have the opportunity to study specialist units, such as studio cycling, circuit instructing and kettle bell instructing

Assessments are through oral, written and practical activity, as well as examinations.

Choose this course if… you have the aspiration of working in the fitness industry as a Fitness Instructor or wish to study to become a Personal Trainer.

Next steps: You will be able to progress to a more advanced course, such as the Level 3 Diploma in Personal Training or to an Apprenticeship in the fitness industry.

Standard entry requirements: You will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English Language and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need the personal qualities for working in the health and fitness industry and an enthusiasm for sport.

Level 2

Sport and Fitness

Page 138: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

137 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Sport and Fitness

Sport - Fitness and Coaching BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This two year, full time course combines the examinable, practical and theoretical elements of Sport, which meets the entry requirements for learners to progress to higher education courses in Sport before entering employment. The course includes the study of 14 Units, 42% of which are externally assessed.

You will study:>> Anatomy and Physiology (Externally Assessed)>> Fitness Training and Programming (Externally Assessed)>> Development and Provision of Sport and Physical Activity

(Externally Assessed)>> Investigating Business in Sport and the Active Leisure

Industry>> Professional Development in the Sports Industry>> Sport Leadership>> Application of Fitness Testing>> Practical Sports Performance>> Coaching for Performance>> Research Methods in Sport>> Skill Acquisition in Sport

You may also have the opportunity to study an additional qualification alongside this course, for example, ActiveIQ Level 2 - Fitness Instructor Qualification.

In your second year you will also complete a work experience unit which will assess your skills in workplace environments.

The course contains 10 mandatory, internally assessed units and 4 externally assessed units. Assessments are either through exams, controlled assessments or coursework. 

Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more about a career in the sports industry, want to prepare yourself for a higher education pathway in sport or are passionate about sport.

Next steps:   After completing this course you will be ideally suited to progression to higher education such as a Foundation Degree in Coaching and Fitness or Sports Therapy at Exeter College or a relevant degree at another university. If you prefer, you can move straight onto a career in professional sport or any part of the Sport and Fitness Industry.

Standard entry requirements: A minimum of five GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language) plus two GCSEs at grade 3, or equivalent. If you do not have a grade 4 or above in Maths you will be required to work towards an appropriate level qualification.  

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A genuine interest in the theoretical side of sport as well as practical participation is strongly recommended. A grade 4 in GCSE PE will also be an advantage.

Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science (Personal Trainer)Active IQ Level 3 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course gives you an in depth look into health and fitness and provides you with a vocational qualification. It will give you the opportunity to work within the industry.

You will: > Study applied human biology for exercise and fitness to

understand how the body operates for physical activity > Learn the principles of nutrition for a healthy lifestyle > Learn about the different elements involved in working

one to one with clients, conducting consultations, programme design and advanced methods of delivery

> Develop exceptional customer care skills > Design and prepare a business plan through marketing

products and services, studying enterprise and entrepreneurship

> Learn how technology in sport can be incorporated into mainstream personal training

> Attain the knowledge to perform sports massage with soft tissue treatments

> Gain valuable experience in working with real members of Exeter College’s gym facility, delivering inductions and a variety of fitness sessions

Assessments are through oral, written and practical activity, as well as exams.

Choose this course if… you have completed the Year 1 Diploma in Physical Activity Fitness and Exercise Science or have completed a Level 2 Fitness Instructor course alongside a BTEC Sport Level 3 Extended Diploma.

Next steps: You could progress on to a Coaching and Fitness Foundation Degree (FdSc) here at Exeter College. You could also progress on to Level 3 GP referral and then Level 4 courses such as Obesity and Diabetes specialisms. Once qualified you will be able to work self-employed or be employed as a personal trainer or sports masseuse.

Standard entry requirements: You will need to have completed the first year of the Diploma in Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science or the Level 2 Fitness Instructor plus bridging units to qualify. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. You will need the personal qualities for working in the health and fitness industry and an enthusiasm for sport.

Level 3

Level 3

For information

about all our

fantastic sports

facilities and recent

team achievements,

see pages 17-18.

Page 139: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

138Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Sport - Futsal AcademyBTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This two year, full time course combines the examinable, practical and theoretical elements of Sport which meets the entry requirements for learners to progress to higher education courses in Sport before entering employment. The course includes the study of 14 Units, 42% of which are externally assessed. The course also involves you representing the Exeter City Futsal Academy which will involve you competing against other professional football clubs and training three times a week, alongside your academical studies.

You will study:>> Anatomy and Physiology (Externally Assessed)>> Fitness Training and Programming (Externally Assessed)>> Development and Provision of Sport and Physical Activity

(Externally Assessed)>> Investigating Business in Sport and the Active Leisure

Industry>> Professional Development in the Sports Industry>> Sport Leadership>> Application of Fitness Testing>> Practical Sports Performance>> Coaching for Performance>> Research Methods in Sport>> Skill Acquisition in Sport

Assessments: The course contains 10 mandatory internally assessed units and 4 externally assessed units. Assessments are either through exams, controlled assessments or coursework. 

Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more about a career in the sports industry, want to prepare yourself for a higher education pathway in sport or are passionate about sport. You should also have a passion for playing Futsal and be eager to develop your overall ability and compete at a high level. 

Next steps:  After completing this course you will be ideally suited to progress on to higher education such a Foundation Degree in Coaching and Fitness or Sports Therapy at Exeter College or a relevant degree at another university. If you prefer, you can move straight onto a career in professional sport or any part of the Sport and Fitness Industry.

Standard entry requirements: A minimum of five GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths) plus two GCSEs at grade 3, or equivalent.  

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A genuine interest in the theoretical side of sport as well as practical participation is strongly recommended. A grade 4 in GCSE PE will also be an advantage. Alongside your entry requirements, you will also be need to accepted by Exeter City Football Club to represent the Futsal Academy. Previous Futsal/football experience is desirable. 

Sport - Sport Academy BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This two year, full time course combines the examinable, practical and theoretical elements of Sport which meets the entry requirements for learners to progress to higher education courses in Sport before entering employment. The course includes the study of 14 Units, 42% of which are externally assessed. This qualification will be studied alongside your participation within one of our Sport Academies and is your main priority during your educational journey with us. 

You will study:> Anatomy and Physiology (Externally Assessed)> Fitness Training and Programming (Externally Assessed)> Development and Provision of Sport and Physical Activity

(Externally Assessed)> Investigating Business in Sport and the Active Leisure

Industry> Professional Development in the Sports Industry> Sport Leadership> Application of Fitness Testing> Practical Sports Performance> Coaching for Performance> Research Methods in Sport> Skill Acquisition in Sport

You may also have the opportunity to study additional qualification alongside this course, for example: ActiveIQ Level 2 - Fitness Instructor Qualification.

In your second year you will also complete a work experience unit which will assess your skills in workplace environments.

The course contains 10 mandatory internally assessed units and 4 externally assessed units. Assessments are either through exams, controlled assessments or coursework. 

Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more about a career in the sports industry, want to prepare yourself for a higher education pathway in sport or are passionate about sport.

Next steps:   After completing this course you will be ideally suited to progress on to higher education such a Foundation Degree in Coaching and Fitness or Sports Therapy at Exeter College or a relevant degree at another university. If you prefer, you can move straight onto a career in professional sport or any part of the Sport and Fitness Industry.

Standard entry requirements: A minimum of five GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language) plus two GCSEs at grade 3, or equivalent. If you do not have a grade 4 or above in Maths you will be required to work towards an appropriate level qualification.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A genuine interest in the theoretical side of sport as well as practical participation is strongly recommended. A grade 4 in GCSE PE will also be an advantage.

Level 3

Level 3

Sport and Fitness

Page 140: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Evie“I decided to enrol on my course because I love being outdoors and wanted to try new activities with like-minded people. I have enjoyed the activities offsite on practical days and also a trip to North Wales. The tutors have all been massively supportive and understanding. The college environment is fun and never boring. I would recommend Exeter College because there is such a huge variety of courses and if you do what you enjoy it is easy to fit in and have a comfortable, happy college experience. After my Level 3 course I want to keep training to gain more qualifications to be an outdoor education instructor and stay working outdoors.”Studying Sport (Outdoor Adventure) BTEC Level 3 90-Credit Diploma Previously studied at Isca College of Media and Arts

139

Page 141: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

140Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Sport and Exercise ScienceBTEC Level 3 Extended DiplomaDuration:  2 years 

This course combines the examinable, written and practical elements of sport and exercise sciences through the study of 13 elements over two years. This is equivalent to three A Levels. You will be given the opportunity to learn about sport and exercise sciences in a practical and applied environment, while potential selection into one of our Sports Academies will allow you to combine your academic studies with improving your sporting performance.

You will: > Study a variety of units including:

Sport and Exercise Physiology (external assessment, 1.5 hr exam), Functional Anatomy (external assessment, 1.5 hr exam), Coaching for Performance and Fitness and Sports Injury and assessment

> Be taught in many ways including realistic vocational situations and activities

You may also have the opportunity to study additional options, for example, CYQ Level 2 - Fitness Instructor Qualification.

The course contains 7 mandatory units, and 6 optional units. Assessments are either externally examinable, controlled assessments or coursework.

Choose this course if … you have aspirations of learning more about a career in the sports industry, want to prepare yourself for a higher education pathway in sport or are passionate about sport and exercise sciences.

Next steps: After completing this course you will be ideally suited to progress on to higher education such a Foundation Degree in Coaching and Fitness or Sports Therapy at Exeter College or a relevant degree at another university. If you prefer, you can move straight onto a career in professional sport or any part of the Sport and Fitness Industry.

Standard entry requirements: Five GCSEs at Grade 4 and above (including Maths and English Language).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 5 is also required in a Science and PE (if taken).

Physical EducationA LevelDuration: 2 years

On this course you will gain both a practical and theoretical introduction to the various disciplines involved in physical education, such as biomechanics, nutrition, anatomy and sport psychology.

You will:> Study anatomical, physiological,

psychological and socio-cultural issues related to Physical Education

Exam at the end of the 2nd year = 70% of final grade. Practical performance as a player or coach = 15% of final grade. Coursework – verbal assessment of your chosen sport = 15% of final grade.

Choose this course if… you enjoy sport and participate regularly and want to study the theoretical basis of PE.

Next steps: After completing this course you will be ideally suited to progress on to higher education such a Foundation Degree in Coaching and Fitness or Sports Therapy at Exeter College or a relevant degree at another university. If you prefer, you can move straight onto a career in professional sport or any part of the extensive Sport and Fitness Industry. 

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 and above (including Maths and English Language).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 in GCSE PE or a grade 6 in a Science.

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Sport and Exercise Science BTEC Level 3 Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years 

This course is the equivalent of one A Level, it combines practical and theoretical study of anatomy, sport and exercise psychology, sport coaching and specialised fitness training. It can be combined with two A Levels.

You will study 4 units:Year 1:  Functional Anatomy Coaching for Performance and Fitness Year 2:  Applied Sport and Exercise Psychology Specialised Fitness Training

The course comprises of four modules, two of which are completed in Year 1 and two of which are completed in year 2. You will be assessed though external examination, controlled assessment and through the completion of coursework.

Choose this course if… you have aspirations to learn more about the human body, performance psychology and how to lead effective sport and physical activity sessions. Furthermore, this course will prepare you for higher education sport and sport and exercise science courses.

Next steps: After completing this course you will be ideally suited to progress on to higher education such a Foundation Degree in Coaching and Fitness or Sports Therapy at Exeter College or a relevant degree at another university. If you prefer, you can move straight onto a career in professional sport or any part of the extensive Sport and Fitness Industry.

Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at Grade 4 and above (including Maths and English Language).

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 5 is also required in a Science and PE (if taken).

140

Did you know?� We are an ALPs Centre of Excellence to

recognise the large number of student who achieve about their target grade

� We had 100% pass rate in 2019� 61% of our pass students achieved an

A*-B grade

Page 142: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Travel and Tourism

Travel andTourism.

Ben“I have always wanted to fly, ever since flying for the first time back in 2005. Once I stepped off that plane, I knew what I wanted to do. When I realised that Exeter College offered a route to the career I dreamt of, I was quick to apply! The course was such a great help and insight into the world of aviation and how I could become part of it. Situated between the college and down at the Flybe Academy at Exeter Airport, you are part of an atmosphere of an actual live airline. I have now been working for Flybe for over 4 years. I am so thankful for the help of the lecturers and coursework which made the career I’d always wanted, happen. If you want a varied job that’s not your usual 9 to 5, I would definitely recommend becoming Cabin Crew, like me.”

Previously studied Travel and Tourism (Flybe route) BTEC Extended Diploma, Level 3 Ben is now working as a Flight Attendant at Flybe, Exeter

Whether you want to work for an airline, be a resort representative, start a career in hospitality and events, be a holiday entertainer or just have a passion for travel, then our range of travel and tourism courses are ideal for you.

All our teaching staff have travel and tourism industry experience, which ensures you will develop the skills required to progress successfully into the industry. During your course you will enhance your knowledge

141

of travel and tourism and develop practical skills through residential trips, practical sessions and industry visits and talks. We also offer the fantastic opportunity of studying within the Training Academy at Exeter Airport, where you will work in a professional environment with the use of a mock aircraft and real airline equipment. You will benefit from our links with local and international organisations, including our partner Flybe.

Page 143: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

142

Travel and TourismBTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year

If you are interested in a career in travel and tourism, this course will give you a broad introduction to the industry.

You will: > Study UK and European destinations > Focus on transferable skills that are

essential for employment in the sector, including communication and customer service

> Have an introduction to the cruise and hospitality industries

> Explore employment opportunities in the sector

> Give presentations and carry out interviews

> Have an opportunity to plan and participate in a residential trip

> Visit travel and tourism organisations such as London Dungeons and Thorpe Park

You will be taught and assessed in a variety of methods including making presentations, carrying out interviews, case studies and producing leaflets.

There are two externally marked units, with the remaining being assessed by coursework.

Choose this course if… you are enthusiastic, dynamic and passionate about travel and tourism. If you want to develop your self-confidence and organisational skills in order to meet challenges head on, then get on board!

Next steps: After completing the BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate, you may pursue employment within the travel and tourism industry, take up a relevant Apprenticeship or continue your studies at Exeter College following a Level 3 course.

Standard entry requirements: Four GCSEs at grade 3 or above. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2, or equivalent. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Good communication and interpersonal skills are essential, along with the personal qualities needed for working in the travel and tourism industry.

Hospitality and TourismBTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year

If working in hospitality and tourism appeals, then this vocational course will be a good choice for you.

You will: > Research travel destinations and

prepare and cook food > Increase your understanding of

customer care and your ability to take on a frontline customer service role

> Come up with solutions to customer enquiries

> Plan a trip to a visitor attraction and take part in a week’s work experience

> Gain self-confidence and the knowledge to apply for jobs in the sector

> Understand and develop the skills and qualities necessary to work in this industry

> Enhance your English and Maths ability

You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for Maths and English.

Choose this course if… you enjoy getting out and meeting people, helping people sort out problems, cooking and preparing food, visiting different attractions and planning days out and holidays.

Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose to seek employment.

Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the hospitality and tourism industry is really important.

This course takes place in the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Level 2

Level 1

The Training

Academy, part of

regional airline Flybe, is

located at Exeter Airport in

the UK. The international

facility includes a flight

simulator complex and

cabin door trainer.

Page 144: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

143 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Travel and Tourism

Travel and Tourism (Air Industry path)BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course includes practical experience and assessment at the Training Academy at Exeter Airport, allowing you to experience a real life aviation environment and use equipment that all airlines use around the world.You will complete two qualifications as part of this course - a BTEC (Foundation) Diploma in Travel and Tourism and City & Guilds Award in Air Cabin Crew.

You will: > Study The World of Travel Destinations, Global

Destinations, Customer Services and Travel and Tourism Enterprises, together with two other optional units

> Learn about customer service and the role of resort representatives

> Gain work experience in the industry > Gain your Airline Cabin Crew Award at the

Exeter Airport Training Academy

Assessment is by practical role play as well as assignments and presentations.

Choose this course if… you have always wanted to work in an airline or travel environment, giving excellent customer service both in the air as cabin crew, as ground staff in an airport or working within another role in aviation.

Next steps: You could seek employment with a range of airlines or progress onto higher education.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and two additional GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You also need the personal qualities required for working in the travel industry, such as high grooming standards, good communication skills, enthusiasm and a willingness to complete practical assessments. During your time at the Academy, a full cabin crew uniform must be worn to industry standards.

Year 2 Extended Diploma in Travel and TourismA 2nd year progression course will be available (subject to awarding body approval) enabling students to gain the full Extended Diploma.

This course takes place at Victoria House and the Training Academy for part of the week.

Airline Cabin Crew and Aviation Operations on the GroundLevel 2 City and Guilds Diploma Duration: 1 year

This course will give you knowledge of the aviation industry, including airline cabin crew and aviation operations, with practical experience at the Training Academy.

You will: > Study units such as Airline Emergency Procedures,

The Role of Cabin Crew On-board, First Aid and Airport Check-in Services

> Learn about a range of areas that you can work in with airports and airlines

> Gain vital skills to progress directly into a career working in the aviation industry

> Study health and wellbeing, which is a vital aspect of working as cabin crew

There are practical assessments, written assignments, group activities, research tasks, presentations and observations. This will include completing aircraft evacuations, putting out aircraft fires, carrying out a safety demonstration and lifesaving techniques. You will complete some written work as evidence. At the academy a full cabin crew uniform must be worn to industry standards.

Choose this course if… you enjoy working with other people, have a positive and happy personality and have a total passion for everything aviation based! If you can see yourself working anti-social hours and being able to maintain a smile and a positive attitude and approachable personality, then this course is for you.

Next steps: The course increases your chances of securing a job as a member of air cabin crew and other careers within the aviation industry, providing you meet minimum entry requirements. It is designed to provide a route into employment, rather than higher education.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for GCSE Maths alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above.

Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must be 17 or 18 at the start of your course, you must be a minimum height of 5ft 2 (1m 57cm), have no visible tattoos, good communication skills and enthusiasm, a willingness to complete practical assessments in front of your peers, ability to swim 25 metres unaided and excellent personal presentation standards.

You will need exceptional grooming standards and the personal qualities needed (see website for details).

This course takes place at Victoria House and the Training Academy for part of the week.

Level 2

Level 3

Page 145: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

144Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Travel and Tourism (Tourism Industry path)BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma Duration: 2 years

This course allows you to gain an in depth understanding of the travel and tourism industry, whilst also providing work related qualifications in a range of sectors within the industry.

You will: > Study The World of Travel

Destinations, Global Destinations, Customer Services and Travel and Tourism Enterprises

> Complete work experience placements thanks to our excellent industry links with employers, including Thomas Cook, Thistle Hotels, Bath Travel and Crealy Adventure Park

> Learn about working as an overseas representative, holiday entertainer and as a children’s representative

> Attend a residential in Edinburgh and an overseas residential to experience how the travel industry operates

Assessment includes a range of methods such as assignment tasks, presentations, group and practical activities. In addition to your BTEC Diploma, you will study two NCFE courses in Resort Representatives and Event Planning.

Next steps: This course is an excellent pathway into the industry and you will have the opportunity of job interviews, or you could decide to progress to university. There is a very good success rate for students going straight into employment with companies such as tour operators, travel agencies, airlines, airports and hotels.

Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and Maths. If you have not achieved grade 4 or above in GCSE Maths you will be expected to work towards achieving an appropriate Level 2 qualification in this subject. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and two additional GCSEs at grade 3 or above.

Year 2 Extended Diploma in Travel and TourismA 2nd year progression course will be available (subject to awarding body approval) enabling students to gain the full Extended Diploma.

Resort RepresentativesNCFE Level 2 Award

This course is ideal if you want to work in the travel and tourism industry as a resort representative for tour operators, both overseas as well as in the UK. You will develop essential industry skills and learn how to organise entertainment activities. You will gain knowledge and practice in selling excursions and resolving problems and focus on how to provide excellent customer service.

On successful completion of the qualification, and subject to meeting the entry requirements for Thomas Cook, you will have the opportunity of interviewing as an overseas representative.

Airline Cabin CrewLevel 2 City and Guilds Level 2 Award and Certificate

This course runs alongside your main BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Travel and Tourism and is ideal if you want to find employment as airline cabin crew or if you wish to enhance the skills required to work within the travel and tourism industry. You will learn about the role of cabin crew on board and familiarise yourself with emergency procedures and equipment used. You will also develop practical skills in how to deal with first aid incidents on board. Other practical activities include water lifesaving, airline firefighting, use of the emergency chute, and opening and closing aircraft doors. You will learn about time zones and airline terminology, and will complete a short online exam to assess this.

The qualification is recognised by Flybe and British Airways and prepares you for work in the airline industry. Candidates who achieve the award and certificate will increase their chances of interview and selection with airlines across the UK and Europe.

Event PlanningNCFE Level 2 Certificate

This course will give you a good introduction to the skills required for successful event planning, organisation and evaluation. You will learn about the duties of event planners and co-ordinators, how to plan your own event and evaluate its success. You will also find out how to manage budgets, learn health and safety and human resources. This qualification can lead on to careers in many areas of the travel and tourism industry, including hotels and conferencing, visitor attractions and holiday parks. You can also progress on to higher education.

Level 3

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2

The three qualifications below are all one year, Level 2 qualifications based at Victoria House.These additional qualifications must be taken with the BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma/Extended Diploma Travel and Tourism (Resort Representatives/Flybe, depending on which pathway is chosen).

Page 146: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

Want to earn while you learn? Apprenticeships are an exciting alternative to full time study, where you gain workplace skills and experience, as well as a qualification - all while getting paid.As an Apprentice you will work and be treated as an employee, spending your week at your place of work with one day at the college to further develop your learning and skills. Our courses are available to anyone, aged 16 and above, looking to kick-start their career. There are now more programmes than ever, in a variety of roles and industries; from Digital Marketing and Laboratory Technician, through to Commis Chef and Engineering. On completion, you can advance onto a higher level of apprenticeship, with qualifications ranging from level 2 (GCSE Standard) up to degree level. There has never been a better time to take an apprenticeship and make your dream job a reality. Top for ApprenticeshipsExeter College is an award-winning, outstanding provider of exceptional Apprenticeship programmes. Also, as the Number one for Employer Satisfaction in the South of England *, we have fantastic relationships with over 950 businesses, which means you have access to some of the best jobs in the region.

You can view our Apprenticeship vacancies at: exe-coll.ac.uk/Apprenticeships

*Department for Education in its 2018 survey of employers

Apprenticeships.How We Support You:Our Exeter College Apprenticeship Team put you at the centre of everything we do – and will support you from start to finish.

If you are considering an Apprenticeship, all you have to do is call and speak to one of our expert team.

You can book an appointment to meet with a Training and Recruitment Adviser to:

> explore different career paths that suit your skills and interests

> check out what programmes we offer > learn more about the different businesses you

could work for > find a job from 100s of current vacancies > brush up on CV writing > practice interview skills > and ask any other questions you have about

Apprenticeships…

To book, email [email protected] or call 01392 400800

Take a TraineeshipWe offer Maths, English and IT support to any of our apprentices who don’t have the qualifications required for their chosen programme. However, if you are between 16-25 and you don’t currently have the skills or experience to begin an apprenticeship quite yet, the 6-month Traineeship could be perfect for you.

Through this course, you will receive essential work preparation training, through a work placement, and extra Maths and English tuition. The short course should help you to become ‘work ready’, boost your confidence and allow you to take the next step into an Apprenticeship.

@ExeApprentices

37 Queen Street, Exeter, EX4 3SR

145

Page 147: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Leanna “The most rewarding thing about my job is helping people who are unable to help themselves. I get a sense of accomplishment and really cherish the strong bonds I have built with the individuals I care for.

An Apprenticeship allows me to be more hands on, and I felt this would better help me progress in my career.”Level 2 Adult Care Apprenticeship - The Dales Nursing Home

146

Page 148: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Adult Care Worker 159Assistant Accountant 148Barbering 158Bench Joinery or Site Carpentry 151Bricklaying 151Business 149Business Services 149Chef de Partie 161Children and Young People’s Workforce 154Clinical Health Support Worker 159Commis Chef 160Civil Engineering 153Construction 152Dental Nursing 160Digital Marketer 149Early Years Educator 154Electrical Installation 151Engineering Technician 155Exercise and Fitness 156Hairdressing 158Healthcare Support Worker 159Heavy Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 163Hospitality Supervisor 161Hospitality Team Member 160Human Resources Support 150Infrastructure Technician 162Laboratory Technician 153Large Goods Vehicle Driver 163Leisure Operations and Management 157Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 163Outdoor Activity Instructor 155Painting and Decorating 152Personal Training - Health and Fitness (Gym Based) 157Plumbing 152Software Development Technician 162Supporting Teaching and Learning in Physical Education 156Supporting Teaching and Learning in Schools 154Team Leader/Supervisor 150Vehicle Body Repair and Body Refinishing 164Warehousing Operative 163

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

Look out for this icon in the course information

147

Callum“My Apprenticeship has gone beyond my expectations. I have been given a lot of responsibility in my role, where I am planning my own days.

All the college lecturers have shown an interest in my Apprenticeship but also my wellbeing, which has been really nice.”Level 3 IT Apprenticeship - St Peter’s Church of England Aided School

Page 149: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Assistant AccountantLevel 3 Apprenticeship

In this Apprenticeship you will learn advanced financial skills to develop a career as an accountant. You will provide support to internal and external customers and work within the finance function of an organisation.

You will:> Develop your skills in finance administration, double

entry bookkeeping, basic costing principles, and purchase, sales and general ledgers

> Master more complex financial processes, including final accounts for sole traders and partnerships, reports and returns, and professional ethics

> Have access to a team of qualified tutors and qualified accountants with practical accountancy experience

Accountancy.

Katie“I’ve always been passionate about Maths and problem solving. Accountancy was a way to integrate this with business and practical training, and I was excited about being able to use my skills on the job every day.

An Apprenticeship gives you a head start in your chosen career path; you can build up your work experience, create strong business relationships early on in your career, and gain qualifications.”Level 3 Assistant Accountant Apprenticeship - Sheppard, Rockey and Williams

148

Next steps: On completion you could progress on to the Level 4 Professional Accountant Apprenticeship or into full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Bradninch CourtDuration: Up to 18 monthsLevel: 3

Page 150: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk 149

Apprenticeships

Digital MarketerLevel 3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship has been designed specifically by Apprentice employers for those looking for a career in digital marketing or social media. You will learn how to use a variety of channels reach a specific audience to promote products or services.

You will:> Develop your knowledge of social

media within a business> Learn the principles of keywords

and optimisation> Learn about content management

systems and website creation> Learn how to analyse and create

data reports> Learn about imaging, video, website

and spreadsheet software

Next steps: On completion you may consider going on to study a Level 4 Apprenticeship in Data Analytics, Project Management or Software Development. Alternatively, you could go straight into full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Bradninch CourtDuration: Up to 18 monthsLevel: 3

Business ServicesLevel 2/3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is appropriate for those working in a customer service role. You will learn the core customer service responsibilities and deliver high quality products and services to the customers of an organisation, which may be delivered from the workplace, digitally, or through going out into the customer’s own locality.

You will:> Understand your customers, the

organisation, product service and product knowledge

> Find out about regulations and legislations

> Learn about customer responsibility and customer experience

> Learn about systems and resources> Develop your interpersonal and

influencing skills> Be able to deal with customer

conflict and challenge

Next steps: On completion of the Level 2 Apprenticeship, you may consider going on to study a Level 3 Apprenticeship as a Team Leader/Supervisor or even a Level 4 Apprenticeship in Project Management. Alternatively, you could progress straight into full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Victoria HouseDuration: Up to 18 monthsLevel: 2/3

Business and Professional Services.

Business Level 3 Apprenticeship

In this Apprenticeship you will learn how to support and engage with different parts of your organisation and interact with internal or external customers. This will involve developing strong written and communication skills, showing initiative when managing priorities and workload.

You will:> Learn how to develop,

implement, maintain and improve administrative services

> Practice problem-solving and decision-making skills

> Learn laws and regulations such as data protection and Health and Safety

> Develop highly transferable skills and behaviours

Next steps: On completion you could choose to progress onto a variety of Apprenticeships, such as Level 3 Team Leader or Level 4 Project Manager. Alternatively, you could find full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Victoria HouseDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 3

Page 151: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

150Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Human Resources (HR) SupportLevel 3 Apprenticeship

HR Professionals work as part of the function of a business charged with recruiting, training and managing benefits and records. You will handle day-to-day queries, providing front line support to managers and employees.

You will:> Learn how to handle enquiries and provide HR advice> Develop your communication skills> Learn a range of recruitment processes> Learn about HR policies and law> Be able to apply for Associate Membership of CIPD

Next steps: On completion you can progress onto the Level 5 HR Consultant/Partner Apprenticeship or into full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Victoria HouseDuration: Up to 2 yearsLevel: 3

Team Leader/SupervisorLevel 3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is suitable for those in a first line management role, with operational and project responsibilities or responsibility for managing a team. You will provide direction, instruction and guidance to ensure the achievement of set goals.

You will:> Learn how to provide guidance to a team> Learn how lead and manage a team> Learn how to lead the achievement of goals within a

team

Next steps: On completion you can progress to the Level 4 Associate Project Manager Apprenticeship or progress in to full time employment as a Supervisor, Team Leader, Project Officer, Shift Supervisor and more.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Victoria HouseDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 3

Business and Professional Services.

We have a new Apprenticeship Hub on Queen Street.

150

Page 152: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

151 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

BricklayingLevel 2/3 Apprenticeship

This practical Apprenticeship will provide you with the skills needed to work in bricklaying and masonry, within the booming construction industry.

You will:> Gain a range of practical skills and

knowledge, such as cavity walling, building basic masonry structures and masonry cladding

> Access our fantastic facilities in a purpose-built construction centre

> Benefit from our extensive links with both large construction companies and smaller traders

> Develop an in depth understanding of Health and Safety, construction technology and building methods

Next steps: On completion of the Level 2 Apprenticeship you can move onto the Level 3 programme. After this, you will be fully qualified to industry standard. You may go on to work for a contractor or as a self-employed bricklayer. You could also progress to further study that could lead to a career in construction management.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. An interest in the industry is essential. You will need to complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship before progressing to the Level 3 Apprenticeship.

Key information:Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: 30 monthsLevel: 2/3

Bench Joinery or Site CarpentryLevel 2/3 Apprenticeship

Our Apprenticeships in wood occupations offer a strong basis to help you develop your career in Site Carpentry or Bench Joinery.

You will:> Gain knowledge and skills in basic

woodworking joints, maintenance and use of hand tools, and the preparation and use of portable power tools

> Develop your knowledge of Health and Safety requirements and safe working practices

> Create complex structural carcassing components and install first and second fixings

> Learn about construction technology and building methods

> Gain qualifications that prove you can carry out your job to the required standard

Next steps: You may progress to the Level 3 Apprenticeship or study a Level 3 Diploma in Construction. This could lead you to university level study or on to a role as a site supervisor.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. An interest in the industry is essential. You will need to complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship before progressing to the Level 3 Apprenticeship.

Key information:Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: 12-30 monthsLevel: 2/3

Electrical InstallationLevel 3 Apprenticeship

This is an in-depth, practical course that will equip you with all the skills required to become a qualified electrician or electrical contractor.

You will:> Plan, prepare and install wiring

systems and associated equipment in buildings

> Terminate and connect conductors, cables and flexible cords in electrical systems

> Inspect, test, commission and certify electro-technical systems and equipment

> Learn how to oversee and organise the work environment, ensuring compliance with Health and Safety requirements

Next steps: On completion of the Level 3 Apprenticeship you will be qualified to trade as a professional Electrician. You may go on to work as a part of a firm or as a self-employed Electrician.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: 36 monthsLevel: 2/3

Construction and Trades.

Page 153: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

152Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Painting and DecoratingLevel 2 Apprenticeship

In this Apprenticeship you will work in domestic and commercial properties, undertaking the decoration and protection of buildings.

You will:> Gain practical skills and knowledge

of access equipment and working platforms

> Learn how to apply paint systems by brush and roller

> Develop skills, such as preparation of surfaces, applying standard papers to walls and ceilings and producing specialist decorative work

> Complete the Level 2 Diploma - Painting and Decorating Technical Certificate as well as your National Vocational Qualification (NVQ)

Next steps: On completion you can progress into a successful Painting and Decorating career. You may work as a part of a firm or as a self-employed decorator.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need to have a real interest in painting and decorating.

Key information:Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: 36 monthsLevel: 2

PlumbingLevel 2/3 Apprenticeship

This qualification offers a practical approach and a solid basis for anyone wishing to develop a career in plumbing.

You will:> Be trained to meet industry

standards> Cover all the required foundation

skills, including domestic piping, the domestic water system, soldering and Health and Safety

> Work in the excellent facilities at our Construction Centre

> Consider more advanced and complex areas, such as gas safety, pressurised hot water and water regulations on the Level 3 Apprenticeship

Next steps: On completion of the Level 3 Apprenticeship you will be a fully qualified plumber, able to work on the installation and maintenance of gas boilers.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You will need to complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship before progressing to the Level 3 Apprenticeship.

Key information:Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: 30 monthsLevel: 2/3

Construction

Level 3 Apprenticeship

If you are planning a career within the construction and the built environment sector, this Apprenticeship gives you a head start. It could lead into a junior construction technician role, working for a large construction company, a local council/ local authority or estate management.

You will:> Gain a broad introduction to the

construction industry> Cover topics, such as construction

technology, surveying and structural mechanics

> Learn about safe working practices> Benefit from our links with large

employers in Devon> Visit large building projects in the

Exeter area

Next steps: You could go on to study at university level, for example, a Construction and the Built Environment Level 4 National Certificate (HNC) Apprenticeship at Exeter College or progress in to full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. An interest in the industry is essential and you must be employed as a trainee construction technician.

Key information:Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: 48 monthsLevel: 3

Construction and Trades.

Page 154: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

153

Civil EngineeringLevel 3 Apprenticeship

Deal with the design, construction and maintenance of the built environment and infrastructure. This Apprenticeship could lead into a junior civil engineering role working for a large civil engineering company, a local council or even one of the large water authorities or transport providers.You will:> Gain a broad introduction to construction and civil

engineering> Cover topics such as civil engineering technology,

surveying and structural mechanics> Learn about safe working practices> Benefit from our links with employers in Devon> Visit large building projects in the Exeter area

Next steps: You could progress to our Level 4 Civil Engineering Apprenticeship or in to full time employment as a Junior Civil Engineer.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. An interest in the industry is essential and you must be employed as a trainee civil engineer.

Key information:Location: Devon and Exeter Construction CentreDuration: 36 monthsLevel: 3

Laboratory TechnicianLevel 3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship teaches you the skills needed to work in a laboratory setting, providing testing and technical, scientific and analytical support in a scientific environment.You will:> Perform laboratory tasks following specified

methodologies> Understand and follow quality procedures to meet the

requirements of quality standards> Prepare for laboratory tasks using the appropriate

scientific techniques, procedures and methods> Produce reliable, accurate data of laboratory work

undertaken

Next steps: On completion you could become a competent Laboratory Technician and gain employment in a variety of specialised laboratories; from pharmaceuticals, health and science, to testing for private companies and the military.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must have an interest and desire to learn in a scientific setting and be prepared to participate in all college sessions.

Key information:Location: Maths and Science CentreDuration: 24 monthsLevel: 3

Data and Science.

Each year we host an

Apprenticeship Expo -

the perfect event to find

out more about starting

your Apprenticeship

journey - see the

website for details.

153

Construction and Trades.

Page 155: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Children and YoungPeople’s WorkforceLevel 2 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship prepares you for employment working directly with young children in pre-school.

You will:> Study a range of topics that relate

to your role, such as creative activities, child development, working as part of a team and duty of care

> Learn how to support children and young people’s positive behaviour

> Complete a paediatric first aid course

> Benefit from our excellent links with a range of employers

Next steps: On completion you could progress directly into the workplace as a nursery or preschool assistant in line with the Early Years Foundation Stage Standards. Alternatively, you may choose to go on to a Level 3 Early Years Educator Apprenticeship.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.

Key information:Location: Hele Road siteDuration: Minimum of 12 Months Level: 2

Supporting Teaching and Learning in SchoolsLevel 2/3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship will help you kick start your career as a supervised teaching assistant within a school environment, supporting student learning.

You will:> Learn the skills required to support

children and young people in a school environment

> Learn about child development and safeguarding childrens’ welfare

> Understand how to develop yourself to the benefit of the children and young people you will be working with

> Benefit from our working links with schools in the area

Next steps: On competition, you can move into full time employment or progress onto further study. Following Level 2, you are able to continue onto the Level 3 programme and then onto the Level 5 Children, Young People and Families Manager Apprenticeship.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.

Key information:Location: Hele Road siteDuration: 22 monthsLevel: 2/3

Early Years EducatorLevel 3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship prepares you for employment working directly in Early Years in an unsupervised key worker role.

You Will:> Use your own initiative to plan and

organise your own work in the role of a nursery nurse

> Learn how to support children to develop numeracy and language skills

> Ensure each child is safe and feels secure in their environment

Next steps: On successful completion you could go on to complete a Level 5 Apprenticeship as a Children, Young People and Families manager. Alternatively, you could progress directly into the workplace as an Early Years Educator/Nursery Nurse in line with the Early Years Foundation Stage Standards.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, and a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.

Key information:Location: Hele Road siteDuration: 24 monthsLevel: 3

Education and Early Years.

154

Page 156: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

155 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

Engineering TechnicianLevel 3 Apprenticeship

If you join this Apprenticeship, you will gain practical experience in a wide range of engineering processes. You may be working in a range of disciplines, such as engineering maintenance, mechanical manufacturing, fabrication and welding, quality control or technical support.

You will:> Develop your practical workplace skills relevant to your

job role> Understand the theory behind these skills and learn how

to translate engineering terms on to paper> Learn how to work safely and efficiently in an

engineering environment> Use industry leading equipment in areas, such as

automation or CAD/CAM> Develop numeracy, literacy and IT skills

Next steps: On completion you can progress to a Level 4 National Certificate (HNC) Apprenticeship or progress in to full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You should have a strong interest in engineering.

Key information:Location: Technology CentreDuration: 42 monthsLevel: 3

Outdoor Activity Instructor Level 3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is designed for individuals who wish to gain a broad, but solid foundation in adventurous activities, leadership and coaching. It is particularly suited to those with a passion and enthusiasm for instructing and leading people in the outdoors through adventurous activities.

You will:> Develop skills related to activity leadership, for example,

health and safety, session planning and safeguarding> Receive technical skills training (depending on your

employer’s activity provision) in kayaking, canoeing, problem solving, orienteering, mountain biking, sailing, caving, mountain leadership and archery

> Lead and coach land and water based outdoor adventurous activities

> Study for national governing and awarding body leadership and coaching qualifications (for example, Paddle Sports Coach, Mountain Bike Leader and First Aid)

Next steps: The work experience you will have gained will kick start your career so you can go into further training and employment. You could work in job roles, such as Outdoor Activity Coach, Activity Leader or more specialised roles such as a climbing instructor.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need to be employed and have a keen interest in outdoor adventurous activities and working in the outdoors with children, teenagers and adults in all types of outdoor environments and weather conditions etc.

Key information:Location: Haven Banks OECDuration: 12 monthsLevel: 3

Engineering, Aerospace and Manufacturing.

Greg“An Apprenticeship gave me a really good balance between work and learning, as well as a salary. It’s a lot of fun.”Level 3 Engineering Technician Apprenticeship - Robolights, Exeter

155

Fitness, Activity Leadership and Leisure.

Page 157: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 156

Exercise and FitnessLevel 2 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is particularly suited to you if you have a passion and enthusiasm for working with people in the fitness and recreation sector. You will learn to instruct gym based fitness sessions and help others meet their fitness goals.

You will:> Gain a qualification in Health and Fitness, along with

gym based fitness instruction> Maintain and complete a professional development

portfolio> Develop your knowledge and practical skills to help

individuals develop their own skills and fitness goals > Participate in a range of sports and exercise> Learn how to carry out gym inductions, instruct

customers on how to use equipment and advise on healthy active living

Next steps: This Apprenticeship will help you progress onto a Level 3 Apprenticeship in personal training or Outdoor Activity Leadership. Alternatively, you may progress into employment as a gym instructor, schools support sports coach, or other role in a sports facility or health and fitness centre.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need to have a keen interest in exercise and fitness and working in the community.

Key information:Location: Victoria HouseDuration: 12 monthsLevel: 2

Supporting Teaching and Learning in Physical Education Level 2/3 Apprenticeship

The Apprenticeship is ideal if you are keen to support and coach young people in a school or educational environment. It will ensure you become a valued member of the team within the Physical Education departments of schools or colleges. You will be responsible for the development of high quality physical activity sessions for children.

You will:> Receive training to ensure you can facilitate

community based sport and physical activity> Learn how to deliver Physical Education and school

sport programmes with clear curriculum links and progression

> Research how schools operate and how physical activity influences education

> Provide Key Stage 1 and 2 pupils with a better experience/engagement of Physical Education and school sport activities

> Be able to ensure Physical Education and school sport activity programmes (including curricular and extracurricular activities) are delivered to meet the low risk areas of the National Curriculum for Physical Education

Next steps: This Apprenticeship will help you sustain employment in a Physical Education department in a school or college or you could go on to further university level studies.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need to be employed and have a keen interest in physical activity and sport and working with children and young people in all types of indoor and outdoor environments.

Key information:Location: Victoria HouseDuration: 12 monthsLevel: 2/3

Fitness, Activity Leadership and Leisure.

Page 158: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Apprenticeships

157

Personal Training - Health and Fitness (Gym Based)Level 3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is particularly suited to those employed in the Active/Exercise and Fitness industry, with a passion for working with people in a gym environment and providing more advanced fitness training programmes. You will prepare fitness programmes, instruct, monitor and support clients to reach their fitness plan expectations and goals.

You will:> Learn how to effectively communicate with a client

to understand their current fitness level and desired outcome

> Gain hands on experience in a gym with clients, developing and delivering more individual, tailored fitness programmes and classes

> Develop the knowledge needed to build bespoke programmes to help clients reach their fitness goals

> Instruct effectively through good leadership and clear speech

Next steps: Gain employment or become a self-employed Personal Trainer in a Gym/Sports or Leisure Centre.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must have gained the Level 2 Certificate in Fitness Instructing (Gym Based) qualification as part of the previous Apprenticeship programme, and gained the required additional experience of working in a gym with different types of client groups. You need to be employed and have a keen interest in developing personal training programmes for individuals and groups.

Key information:Location: Victoria HouseDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 3

Leisure Operations and ManagementLevel 2/3 Apprenticeship

Leisure Operations and Leisure Management is for those working in, or aspiring to be working in, the leisure and recreation industry and are looking to progress into management.

You will:> Gain an in-depth understanding of the active leisure and

recreation industry> Gain hands on experience dealing with customers

in various situations, from facility health and safety checks and preparation and clearing of activity areas to customer services and assisting with and providing instructions on activity sessions. As well as various administration duties (from dealing with memberships, completing and checking booking forms, taking payments, basic maintenance duties and equipment audit checks, to helping deal with emergencies and incidents within the centre). The working duties and experience will be determined by the facility you are working in

> Complete additional qualifications depending on experience, location and employer needs

Next steps: You will initially complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Leisure Operations and on successful completion you can progress on to the Level 3 Apprenticeship in Leisure Management or move in to full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Exeter and across the south westDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 2

Fitness, Activity Leadership and Leisure

Ben“When you pick a course that you have a real interest in, it makes learning so much easier. It was really nice to be part of a group of like-minded people who all have similar interests and want to use the course to develop themselves professionally, while applying their new found knowledge in the workplace.”Level 3 Personal Training Apprenticeship - University of Exeter

Page 159: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Hairdressing and Barbering.

BarberingLevel 2 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is designed for learners who would like to pursue a career in cutting, dressing, grooming, styling and shaving male hair. You will learn the practical skills necessary to become a successful barber, while developing a creative eye and keen interest in trends and developments in the industry.

You will:> Advise and consult with clients> Shampoo, condition and treat the

hair and scalp> Develop and maintain your

effectiveness at work> Cut men’s hair using basic

techniques> Cut facial hair to shape using basic

techniques> Create basic outlines and detailing

in hair> Assist with shaving services

Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Barbering or progress directly into a full time career in the industry.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You should have a passion for barbering and be employed in the industry.

Key information:Location: Laurence BuildingDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 2

HairdressingLevel 2/3 Apprenticeship

If you want to turn your passion for hairdressing into a career, this Apprenticeship will help you develop the hairdressing skills required to succeed in the industry.

You will:> Develop a range of colouring

techniques> Learn a variety of hair cutting

techniques> Perm and neutralise hair> Advise and consult with clients> Develop and maintain your

effectiveness at work> Style and finish hair> Creatively style and dress hair> Set and dress hair> Shampoo, condition and treat the

hair and scalp> Work in our welcoming centre with

professional hairdressing salons, beauty salons and spa

Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 Apprenticeship or progress directly into a full time career in the industry. There are many different opportunities for you to work in different sectors, such as theatre, TV, cruise liners or specialist career paths.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You should have a passion for hairdressing and be employed in the industry.

Key information:Location: Laurence BuildingDuration: 24 monthsLevel: 2/3

158

Page 160: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Health and Care.

Apprenticeships

159

Healthcare Support WorkerLevel 2 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship prepares you for a career in providing high quality and compassionate clinical healthcare for a wide range of people.

You will:> Develop your skills in

communication, learn how to provide a clinical environment and take physical measurements

> Learn about wellbeing, infection control, health and safety and safeguarding of individuals

> Benefit from our great links with employers

Next steps: On successful completion of the Level 2 Apprenticeship, you could progress directly into the workplace as a healthcare assistant in line with the NHS guidelines. Alternatively, you may choose to go on to a Level 3 Clinical Healthcare Apprenticeship, which could lead you on to university level education or a higher level Apprenticeship.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.

Key information:Location: Hele Road siteDuration: 12 monthsLevel: 2

Clinical Health Support WorkerLevel 3 Apprenticeship

In this Apprenticeship you will care for those who cannot care for themselves, whilst taking on more responsibility in your workplace.

You will:> Understand the principles of

infection prevention and control> Promote communication in health,

social care or children’s and young people’s settings

> Understand mental health problems, such as the process and experience of dementia

> Promote and implement Health and Safety, as well as equality and inclusion within health and social care settings

Next steps: On successful completion of the Level 3 Apprenticeship, you could progress directly into the workplace as a healthcare worker in line with the NHS guidelines. Alternatively, you may choose to go on to university level education or a higher level Apprenticeship.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.

Key information:Location: Hele Road siteDuration: 24 monthsLevel: 3

Adult Care WorkerLevel 2/3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship prepares you for employment in the health or the social care sector, providing frontline care for vulnerable adults.

You will:> Develop your skills in

communication> Learn to put people at the heart of

all strategies> Learn about wellbeing, health

and safety and safeguarding of individuals

> Benefit from our extensive links with employers

> Choose options from moving and handling, infection control, awareness of mental health or supporting individuals with a learning disability

> Learn to exercise judgment and accountability

Next steps: On completion you could progress directly into the workplace as a care assistant in line with the National Minimum Care Standards. Alternatively, you may choose to go on to a Level 3 Lead Adult Care Worker Apprenticeship.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.

Key information:Location: Hele Road siteDuration: 12 monthsLevel: 2/3

Page 161: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

160Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Dental NursingLevel 3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship provides you with the knowledge and good working practice needed to become a dental nurse.

You will:> Become fully competent in dental

nursing by developing your skills in chair-side support, while providing assistance with a range of dental treatments

> Learn about various aspects of dental nursing, including first aid, dental procedures and contributing to the production of dental images

> Benefit from our extensive links with employers

Next steps: On completion you could progress directly into the workplace as a dental nurse. Alternatively, you may choose to go on to university level education to study for a career in dental hygiene.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, understanding, a strong desire to work with people and good communication skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your employer.

Key information:Location: Hele Road siteDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 3

Hospitality Team MemberLevel 2 Apprenticeship

Our practical approach on this Apprenticeship enables you to train in all areas of the hospitality industry, from housekeeping to kitchen work.

You will:> Study food and drink service, food

preparation and cooking> Cover roles such as front office and

housekeeping> Learn about maintaining a safe,

hygienic and secure working environment

> Benefit from our working links with a range of hospitality employers in Devon

> Create a positive impression of yourself and your organisation

Next steps: On completion you can progress to the Level 3 Hospitality Supervisor Apprenticeship and go on to further management training.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Hele Road siteDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 2

Commis ChefLevel 2 Apprenticeship

A commis chef will learn and understand how to carry out the basic functions in every section of the kitchen. Therefore having the opportunity to experience, consider and value each section with a view to choosing an area where they feel most inspired.

You will:> Focus on the many different

techniques involved in becoming a chef

> Learn how to maintain food safety when storing, preparing and cooking food

> Prepare, cook and finish basic fish, meat, poultry and vegetables dishes

> Prepare hot sauces, dressings, soups and hot and cold desserts

Next steps: On completion you can progress on to the Level 3 Chef de Partie Apprenticeship. Our students have gone on to win national awards and to work for various chefs, such as Jamie Oliver in London and Amsterdam.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Laurence BuildingDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 2

Hospitality and Catering.

Page 162: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

161 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Chef de PartieLevel 3 Apprenticeship

A Chef De Partie will learn advanced cooking techniques and is responsible for running a specific section of the kitchen.

You will:> Focus on developing more advanced techniques as a

chef > Contribute to developing menus and dishes> Prepare, cook and finish basic fish, meat, poultry and

vegetables dishes> Prepare hot sauces, dressings, soups, and hot and cold

desserts

Next steps: On completion you can progress to a Level 4 Apprenticeship in Hospitality Management as a kitchen manager or head chef, or progress in to full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Laurence BuildingDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 3

Hospitality SupervisorLevel 3 Apprenticeship

To study this Apprenticeship you will need to be in a supervisory role in the hospitality and catering industry and will develop your leadership skills and management responsibilities.

You will:> Learn how to maintain the health, hygiene, safety and

security of the working environment> Choose from options relating to your role, such as

units in supervising food and drink service, leading and managing meetings and managing the environmental impact of work activities

> Learn the principles of leading a team in the hospitality industry

Next steps: On completion you should be working in a Team Leader role and you will have the knowledge to climb the career ladder within hospitality management. This may lead to a Level 4 Apprenticeship in Hospitality Management or progression in to full time employment.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You will also need a hospitality services qualification at Level 2 and will need to complete an initial assessment at college as part of the application process.

Key information:Location: Laurence BuildingDuration: Up to 18 monthsLevel: 3

Hospitality and Catering.

Apprenticeships

Joey“I’ve always wanted to understand the kitchen side of things and taking a Commis Chef Apprenticeship gives me a better understanding of the business as awhole.”Level 2 Commis Chef Apprenticeship- Samuel Jones (St Austell Brewery)

161

Page 163: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

162Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Infrastructure TechnicianLevel 3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship will teach you how to set people up on IT systems, provide support and solve problems to help organisations to run more smoothly.

You will:> Cover topics, such as networking and architecture,

mobile operating systems, coding and cloud services.> Learn about business processes> Support both internal and external customers> Help customers to be productive when using technology

in their own jobs> Learn how to use tools to problem solve and trouble

shoot non-routine problems> Set people up on systems to help maintain an

organisation’s productivity

Next steps: On completion you could progress onto a Level 4 Apprenticeship such as a Software Developer. You may also go into full time employment in jobs such as Network Support, Help Desk Technician, First or Second Line Support or IT Infrastructure Technician.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Victoria HouseDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 3

Digital and Technology.

Software Development TechnicianLevel 3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship will teach you to build simple applications for use in larger software, such as web, mobile or desktop applications.

You will:> Build and test code for discreet software components> Work as part of a larger team> Learn to interpret design requirements> Learn to implement code that other team members have

developed> Develop problem solving skills

Next steps: On completion of the you could go onto jobs such as Software Development Technician, Junior Developer, Junior Web Developer, Junior App Developer, Junior Mobile App Developer, Junior Software Developer or progress onto a Level 4 Apprenticeship in Software Development.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Victoria HouseDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 3

162

Page 164: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

163

Apprenticeships

Motor Vehicle, Transport and Logistics.

Large Goods Vehicle DriverLevel 2 Apprenticeship

Driving Apprentices work independently, making deliveries to warehouses, distribution outlets, shops and private homes and requires you to be prepared to work away from your base, occasionally overnight. You will be responsible for your vehicle and load and will keep accurate records.

You will:> Gain CAT C and C&E Lorry Training> Learn how to prepare the vehicle for

driving> Learn how to drive a heavy goods

vehicle on public roads in a safe and fuel efficient manner

> Plan a route and timings for the collection and delivery of goods

> Make an effective contribution to a business in the logistics sector

> Be able to choose the type of vehicle for your training

Next steps: On completion of this Level 2 Apprenticeship you could progress into a career as a Large Goods Vehicle Driver.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must also already have the ‘B’ class driving licence for this Apprenticeship.

Key information:Location: Transplant MastertrainDuration: 12 monthsLevel: 2

Warehousing OperativeLevel 2 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship allows you to undertake a range of duties as a warehouse operative. You will be working as part of a team, but need to be confident in working alone and will be required to safely use a range of equipment, machinery and vehicle, such as forklift trucks.

You will:> Receive an ITSSAR Forklift Training

certificate and card as part of your Apprenticeship

> Get full Health and Safety at work training

> Learn how to wrap and pack goods> Learn to assemble, process, receive

and dispatch goods> Receive manual handling training

Next steps: This Apprenticeship could lead to a senior warehousing role or you could move onto the Level 3 Team Leader Apprenticeship to take on more responsibility in your workplace.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme.

Key information:Location: Transplant MastertrainDuration: 18 monthsLevel: 2

Light Vehicle Maintenance and RepairLevel 2/3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship combines technical, retail and customer service skills, in a unique, skill-packed Apprenticeship.

You will:> Carry out a range of services on

cars, car derived vans and other light vehicles

> Learn to deal with customer complaints in the best way and increase company communication

> Learn to carry out vehicle safety checks and routine maintenance on light vehicles

> Study new topics such as 4 wheel geometry principles and general sales principles

> Learn the fundamentals of specific vehicle systems including steering and suspension, braking systems, battery and charging systems, exhaust systems and air-conditioning systems

> Work on a modern fleet of vehicles using the latest equipment

Next steps: On completion of the Level 2 Apprenticeship you could progress to the Level 3 Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Apprenticeship. When you are fully qualified, you could become a service manager or master technician.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must have an interest and desire to learn and understand electrical systems and be prepared to participate in all college sessions. You will need to complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship before progressing to the Level 3 Apprenticeship.

Key information:Location: Technology CentreDuration: 36 monthsLevel: 2/3

163

Page 165: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

164Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details.

Heavy Vehicle Maintenance and RepairLevel 2/3 Apprenticeship

These Apprenticeships are ideal if you have an interest in diesel systems and a desire to develop a career in the heavy vehicle automotive industry, working on trucks and lorries.

You will:> Learn to explain the features of

heavy vehicle chassis, engine, transmission and electrical systems

> Develop the skills and competence to replace heavy vehicle components

> Cover generic, work related topics, including health and safety, working relationships and bench fitting

> Work on new DAF trucks in fantastic facilities at our Technology Centre

Next steps: On completion you could progress to the Level 3 Apprenticeship or move in to full time employment and become a service manager.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You must have an interest and desire to learn and understand electrical systems and be prepared to participate in all college sessions. You will need to complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship before progressing to the Level 3 Apprenticeship.

Key information:Location: Technology CentreDuration: 36 monthsLevel: 2/3

Vehicle Body Repair and Body RefinishingLevel 2/3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is for you if you are looking for a career in the automotive body repair and/or refinishing industry, working with vehicles that have been damaged in accidents or need repainting.

You will:> Take units tailored to the needs of

your employer> Be able to choose to focus on

body repair, body refinishing or mechanical, electrical and trim

> Learn to repair and replace non-structural vehicle panels and/or prepare vehicle panels for application of foundation and topcoat paints

> Improve your understanding of health and safety

> Use our electronic Car-O-Liner jig and inverter welding machine

> Benefit from our extensive links with employers

Next steps: On completion you could progress to the Level 3 Apprenticeship. Once fully qualified, you could work towards becoming a supervisor or an estimator within the vehicle body repair trade.

Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You will need to complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship before progressing to the Level 3 Apprenticeship.

Key information:Location: Technology CentreDuration: 24 monthsLevel: 2/3

164

Motor Vehicle, Transport and Logistics.

Page 166: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

165 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Index.For course indexes see pages 1-2 or 39-40.

Academies 47-48A Levels 02, 35-36, 38,43-44Alumni 30Applying 33-36Apprenticeships 145-164Apprenticeship support 26Art and Design courses 49-55Art facilities 14Automotive courses 56-58Automotive facilities 15

Begin your journey 21-22BTEC qualifications 01-02, 35-36, 37-38, 40Business courses 59-62

Cafes 13Centre for Creative Industries (CCI) 14Centre for Music and Performance 14Childcare 26Clubs 11College Advice Team (CATs) 33Construction and the Built Environment courses 63-67Construction facilities 15Courses by level 37-38Course fees 26Course index by area of study 01-02

Dance, Drama, Performance and Production courses 68-72

Engineering and Aerospace courses 73-75Engineering facilities 15English and maths 39English Language and Literature courses 76-77Enrichment 11Exeter Chiefs Rugby Academy 47Exeter College’s Students Union (ECSU) 09-10Extend 45

Facilities 12-18Financial support 26Find out more 33Flying Start 39Foundation Learning and Support courses 78-83From school to college in 5 easy steps 31-32

Gym 18GCSE grading 39

Hair and beauty facilities 16Hairdressing, Beauty and Media Make-Up courses 85-90Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services 91-95Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre 18Hospitality and Catering courses 96-99Hospitality facilities 16Humanities courses 100-104

Information Technology courses 105-110International Baccalaureate 45, 111-112International college 23-24Interviews 31, 34It’s your college (Students Union) 09-10

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

L

M

O

P

R

S

T

V

W

Y

JAx - Journalism Academy 48

Languages courses 113-115Learning Resource Centres (LRCs) 13Learning support 25Levels 35-36Life at college 08Locations 19-20

Maps 19-20Mathematics courses 117-119Maths and science facilities 16Media and Film courses 120-124Michael Caines Academy 47Money matters 26Music Academy 47Music courses 125-128Music facilities 14

Open Events 03Other pathways to get you started 46Our exceptional students 06Outdoor Adventure courses 135

Performing Arts Academy 48Preparation for your next steps 29Progression and employability 29Parents and guardians 27-28Principal’s welcome 04

Reach Academy 48Restaurants 13

Science courses 129-132Spark Radio 14Sports Academy 47Sport, Fitness and Outdoor Adventure courses 133-140Sports facilities 17-18Support 25-26

Technology Centre 15Timetables 08Travel 21-22Travel and Tourism courses 141-144

Vocational and technical full time programmes 40Welfare and wellbeing 25-28

Where to start? 35-36Working together 27-28

Your day 08Your first choice college 05Your opportunities (Enrichment) 11

A

Page 167: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Discover your local Ofsted Outstanding college.

All sites

Thursday 17th October 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 20th November 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 15th January 2020, 5-8pm

Exeter College Showcase 2020

Thursday 23rd April 2020, 4-7pm, Sports Hall All our courses under one roof - a one stop shop to find out what we have to offer, whether you are in Year 9 or 10, or in Year 11 and confirming your choice.

Specialist sites

Falcon House (Construction) and Technology Centre (Engineering, Automotive and Aerospace) Tuesday 12th May 2020, 5-7pm

Apprenticeship Expo

Thursday 6th February 2020, 1-6pm, Sports Hall

For more information on our open events, visit exe-coll.ac.uk or call 01392 400500

See you there!

Open Events.

We do everything possible to make sure that the information in our publications and on our website is correct. However, we may need to make changes to courses and resource fees at short notice, due to circumstances beyond our control. Please check course details and prices before you enrol. The college cannot be held responsible for any errors, omissions or changes. This prospectus can be made available in other formats or in languages other than English, please contact reception on 01392 400500

Page 168: School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 - Exeter College€¦ · School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21. Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses

Hele Road, Exeter, Devon, EX4 4JS | 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk This guide can be made available in other formats or in languages other than English - please contact us

New!Save up to 50% off rail

fares for 16 and 17 year

olds, see page 21 for

details.